Home

Fujitsu M5000 Security Camera User Manual

1. 128 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setautologout 8 setautologout set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell setautologout s timeout setautologout h The setautologout 8 command sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The default of the session timeout time is 10 minutes You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s timeout Specifies the session timeout time of the XSCF shell Specify a timeout time value in units of minutes for timeout An integer ranging from 1 to 255 can be specified The specified session timeout time becomes effective after the subsequent login EXAMPLE 1 Sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell to 30 minutes XSCF gt setautologout s 30 30min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showautologout 8 System Administration 129 setautologout 8 130 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setcod 8 setcod set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains setcod setcod v setcod q
2. EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 156 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setemailreport 8 setemailreport set up the email report configuration data setemailreport v t setemailreport s variable value setemailreport h setemailreport 8 sets up email reporting configuration data for remote maintenance Once the configuration data is set up it is used by the fault management daemon to send email reports as required If you run the setemailreport command without specifying any options you will be prompted to answer whether email reporting is to be enabled If enabled you will be prompted to provided a list of email addresses Where a Add recipient d Delete recipient r Replace recipient Default You can set up email reporting noninteractively by using the s option After the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport t to send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 and for more information System Administration 157 setemailreport 8 OPTIONS EXAMPLES 158 The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Configu
3. SEE ALSO sethttps 8 314 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showldap 8 showldap display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor showldap showldap c showldap h showldap 8 displays the Service Processor LDAP configuration When invoked without options showldap displays all LDAP configuration except for the certificate chain and the password used when binding to the LDAP server You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c Displays the LDAP server certification chain h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLE 1 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguishing Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 CERTS None EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF gt showldap c There are no certificates configured The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setldap 8 System Administration 315 showldap 8 316 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privile
4. System Administration 151 setdscp 8 152 Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES Note The y and n options can be used with or without the q option when running setdscp in interactive mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id SE h i address m netmask Domain identifier Must be used with i address option domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forces setdscp to ignore out of range and address conflict errors and commits the new settings Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies an IP address in the IPv4 dotted decimal format When used with m netmask it specifies a network address for all DSCP links in the system When used with d domain_id it specifies an individual domain specific IP address for use by DSCP When used with s it specifies the IP address used for the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Specifies a netmask address for all DSCP links in the system Must be used with i address Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Must be used with the i address option Specifies the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with
5. s date Sets date and time date can be specified in either of the following formats YYYY MM DD hh mm ss Specifies date in the format of year month day hour minute second MMDDhhmmYYYY ss Specifies data in the format MonthDayHourMinuteYear second u Specifies time in UTC When omitted the local time is specified y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m Incase the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there is a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only m Ifthe XSCF is used as an NTP server change the XSCF time and synchronize the domain times with the XSCF time The XSCF time is applied to a domain during either of the following operations System Administration 135 setdate 8 136 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS a The ntpdate 1M command is executed in the domain Rebooting the domain m The setdate 8 command needs to be executed in the system power off status m Incase an NTP server set to XSCF the time set by the setdate 8 command becomes invalid Whether an NTP server set to XSCF or not can be checked by using the showntp 8 command m To check the currently set XSCF date and time exec
6. EXAMPLE 2 Set the COD Headroom CPUs to 3 XSCF gt setcod 3 WARNING Using headroom requires you to install license key s within 30 days Do you agree y n y XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setcod 8 After this command completes you will see a message similar to this one in the XSCF console codd 15 51 36 COD PROC Headroom changed to 3 EXAMPLE3 Set the COD Headroom CPUs to 0 XSCF gt setcod 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addcodlicense 8 showcod 8 System Administration 133 setcod 8 134 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setdate 8 setdate set the date and time of XSCF setdate a y n u s date setdate h The setdate 8 command sets the date and time of XSCF If the local date and time are specified they are set following conversion to coordinated universal time UTC After the command executed XSCF will be reset automatically You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts
7. EXAMPLE3 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt poweron y d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n l y 00 Powering on Note This command only issues the instruction to power on The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power XSCF gt a EXAMPLE 4 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 1 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweron q y d 1 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO poweron 8 EXAMPLE5 Cancels the poweron 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF gt poweron d 1 DomainIDs to power on 01 Continue y n n EXAMPLE6 Cancels the poweron 8 command execution that is in progress Automati cally replies with n to the prompt XSCF gt poweron n d 1 DomainIDs to power on 01 Continue y n n EXAMPLE7 Cancels the poweron 8 command execution that is in progress Automati cally replies with n without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweron q n d 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred poweroff 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 99 poweron 8 100 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS prtfru 8 prtfru display FRUID data on the system and Externa
8. For Users in U S A Canada For Users in Other Countries and Mexico Fax this form to the number below or send this form Fold and fasten as shown on back to the address below No postage necessary if mailed in U S A Fujitsu Computer Systems Fujitsu Learning Media Limited Attention Engineering Ops M S 249 FAX 81 3 3730 3702 1250 East Arques Avenue 37 10 Nishi Kamata 7 chome P O Box 3470 Oota Ku Sunnyvale CA 94088 3470 Tokyo 144 0051 FAX 408 746 6813 JAPAN FUJITSU LIMITED Preface xix FOLD AND TAPE NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED UNITED STATES l BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 741 SUNNYVALE CA ess POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE oi al op FUJITSU COMPUTER SYSTEMS FUJ ITSU AT TENTION ENGINEERING OPS M S 249 Ld 1250 EAST ARQUES AVENUE P O BOX 3470 SUNNYVALE CA 94088 3470 FOLD AND TAPE xx XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 NAME DESCRIPTION LIST OF COMMANDS Intro 8 Intro eXtended System Control Facility XSCF man pages This manual contains XSCF man pages The following commands are supported Intro intro addboard addcodlicense addfru adduser applynetwork cfgdevice clockboard console deleteboard deletecodlicense deletefru deleteuser disableuser enableuser exit flashupdate fmadm fmdump fmstat getflashimage ioxadm eXtended System Control Facility XSCF man pages configure an eXtended
9. Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 221 setsnmpvacm 8 222 OPERANDS EXAMPLES The following operands are supported createaccess creategroup createview deleteaccess deletegroup deleteview Sets access to a MIB view for the specified group r read_viewname Specifies an SNMP Agent view groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a group for the specified user for view access u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a view of the SNMP Agent exported MIB information View access is limited to read only for this Agent The view is identified through a MIB OID subtree and can be limited to specific portions of that subtree using the OID Mask e Specifies an excluded view The default is an included view m OID_Mask Specifies a valid OID subtree mask By default the mask is ff entire subtree s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1 for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name Removes access entry groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes a group from use u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes this view from use s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1
10. passwd setsnmpusm 8 Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication When used without the a or p options create displays a prompt for passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen The encryption protocol used in all SNMP communication is Data Encryption Standard DES An authentication protocol must be chosen for SNMP comunication Possible values are MD5 Alogorithm and Secure Hash Algorithm SHA user Specifies a valid user name a authentication_protocol Specifes the authentication protocol e encryption_password Specifes the encryption password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters p authentication_password Specifes the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters Removes the supplied user making the user unknown to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication user Specifies a valid user name Changes the appropriate password for the specified user The changed password is either the authentication password or the encrypted password or both if c is not used If c is not used then both passwords must be the same or an error is generated With no options password displays a prompt for the passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen c auth encrypt Specifies whether to change the authentication password or the encrypted password n new_password Specifes the new password The password must be equal
11. Domain 02 address TO 1 4 gt ENTER Domain 03 address 10 1 1 5 gt ENTER Domain 04 address 10 1 1 6 gt ENTER Domain 05 address TOs gt ENTER Domain 06 address 1 0 1 1 8 ENTER Domain 07 address 101 149 ENTER Domain 08 address 10 1 1 10 gt ENTER Domain 09 address TOGA 11 gt ENTER Domain 10 address TOIL I1 12 ENTER Domain 11 address 10 1 1 13 gt ENTER Domain 12 address 10 1 14 ENTER Domain 13 address TOL LIS ENTER Domain 14 address 10 1 1 16 ENTER Domain 15 address 10 1 17 ENTER Domain 16 address TOL 18 gt ENTER Domain 17 address 10 1 19 gt ENTER Domain 18 address 10 1 gt ENTER Domain 19 address 10 1 gt ENTER Domain 20 address TOL gt ENTER Domain 21 address 10 1 gt ENTER Domain 22 address TOL 22 gt ENTER Domain 23 address 10 1 15 25 ENTER Commit these changes to the database y n yY System Administration 153 setdscp 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdscp 8 154 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setdualpowerfeed 8 setdualpowerfeed set dual power feed mode setdualpowerfeed s key setdualpowerfeed h The setdualpowerfeed 8 command specifies dual power feed mode in the system The setdualpow
12. EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdomainmode 8 148 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setdomparam 8 setdomparam forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables setdomparam q y n d domain id use nvramrc setdomparam q y n d domain_id security mode setdomparam q y n d domain_id set defaults setdomparam h The setdomparam 8 command rewrites OpenBoot PROM environment variables This command can rewrite variables of a specified domain or all the domains The following OpenBoot PROM environment variables can be specified use nvramrc Whether to execute the contents of the NVRAM at the boot or reboot of a domain security mode Firmware security level setting set defaults Whether to restore OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies a ID of the domain which OpenBoot PROM environment variables are rewritten domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Note The domain which is pow
13. False Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards Either of the following is displayed True Gives a higher priority to the LSB to become a floating board False Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 277 showdcl 8 OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 278 EXAMPLES The following options are supported a Displays information that is set for all domains d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed The domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 lsb Specifies the LSB number whose information is to be displayed Specify an lsb value by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 Multiple locations can be specified by delimiting them with spaces If Isb is omitted all the LSBs in the domain are targets v Also displays information on Cfg policy No Mem No IO and Float in the DCL m A system board for which the floating board priority is
14. LAN 0 on XSCF unit 1 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf l lan O m 255 255 255 0 192 168 11 10 EXAMPLE 6 Sets the IP address 192 168 1 10 and net mask 255 255 255 0 for the takeover IP address of XSCF LAN O XSCF gt setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 10 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 shownetwork 8 System Administration 185 setnetwork 8 186 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setntp 8 setntp set the NTP servers used in the XSCF network setntp c add address setntp c del address setntp c del a setntp h setntp 8 command specifies the NTP servers used in the XSCF network Up to three NTP servers can be registered for XSCF Any attempt to register four or more servers causes an error You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all the NTP servers that are currently registered This option is used with the c del c add Adds the host with the specified address or the host as an NTP server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is used When an NTP server is registered the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with the specified address c del Deletes the host with the sp
15. Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS resetdateoffset 8 resetdateoffset reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain resetdateoffset resetdateoffset h The resetdateoffset 8 command resets the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain which stored in XSCF Usually the time of the domain is synchronized with the time of XSCF When the time of the domain changed by using a command such as the date 1M which prepared in the operating system of domain the time subtraction between the time of XSCF and the changed time of domain will be stored in XSCF The stored time subtraction remains after the domain reboot or after the XSCF reset by using a command such as the rebootxscf 8 with the result that the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain remains stored The resetdateoffset 8 command resets the every time subtraction between XSCF and each domain which stored in XSCF As a result the time of domain after startup will be set to the same time as XSCF You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement The resetdateoffset 8 command needs to be executed in the system power off status EXAMPLE1 Resets the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain XSCF gt resetdateoffset
16. Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deleteuser 8 deleteuser delete an XSCF user account deleteuser user deleteuser h deleteuser 8 deletes a local XSCF user account All local account data associated with the user account is deleted including password and Secure Shell SSH keys The local user s currently running XSCF shell and browser sessions are terminated at once The user s account is removed from the system and they cannot log back in You cannot delete your own account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name The name of the user account to be deleted EXAMPLE 1 Deleting a User XSCF gt deleteuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred adduser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 System Administration 39 deleteuser 8 40 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO disableuser 8 disableuser disable an XSCF user account disableuser user disableuser h disab
17. Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS showuser 8 showuser display user account information showuser showuser a M p u user showuser a 1 M p ul showuser h showuser 8 displays XSCF user account information If the user argument is specified showuser displays account information for the specified user If the user argument is not specified then showuser displays account information for the current user If the 1 option is specified showuser displays account information for all local users When invoked with one or more of the options a p or u showuser displays information as described in the OPTIONS section below When invoked without any of these options showuser displays all account information No privileges are needed for you to view your own account You must have useradm privileges to run this command for any other user Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays password validity and account state information This is only valid for XSCF user accounts h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Displays information on all local XSCF user accounts sorted by user login name Cannot be used with the user operand M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more comman
18. Link 1 TOU 1 PCI 1 TOU 1 PCI 2 System Administration 77 ioxadm 8 78 In EXAMPLE 3 the list command is used to display the connections between External I O Expansion Units and downlink cards in the host 10x 0033 which includes boats uplink cards and power supplies is connected to the host through two downlink cards The Link 0 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat0 The Link 1 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat1 IOX 12B4 is connected to the host through one downlink card This card is connected to boat1 A dash shows that there is no host link connection to the box It may have a boat and uplink card installed in the bay or the bay could be empty If the boat is installed either it is not connected to the host or the host downlink card slot is powered off EXAMPLE 4 Displaying a Single External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm list iox 12B4 IOX Link 0 Link 1 TOX 12B4 TOU 1 PCI 2 EXAMPLE5 Displaying a Single External I O Expansion Unit Using Verbose Output XSCF gt ioxadm v list IOU 1 PCI 1 Location Type FW Ver Serial Num Part Num State IOX X07A IOX 2 61 XCXO7A CF005016937 5016937 03 On IOX X07A PSO A195 DD0579 CF003001701 3001701 04 On TOX X07A PS1 A195 DDO588 CF003001701 3001701 04 On IOX X07A IOBO PCIE XEOOE5 CF005016939 5016939 05 On TOX X07A IOBO LINK CU 2 0 XFOLHJ CF005017040 5017040 04 On IOU 0 PCI 3 CU 2 0 XFO1AD CF005017040 5017040 03 On EXAMPLE6 Dis
19. Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the settings of all devices h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 303 showfru 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 304 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported device Specifies the device to display Currently only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of device If the device is sb an integer ranging from 00 to 15 can be specified The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for a device EXAMPLE1 Displays the settings of all PSBs XSCF gt showfru a sb Device Location XSB Mode Memory Mirror Mode sb 00 Quad no sb 01 Uni yes sb 02 Quad no sb 03 Uni no The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showhardconf 8 showhardconf display information about field replaceable unit FRU installed in the system showhardconf u showhardconf h showhardconf 8 command displays information about each FRU The following information is displayed
20. Specifies whether to use the memory mounted on the XSB in mirror mode Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify y to enable mirror mode otherwise specify n If the m option is omitted the previous setting is inherited Specifies whether to configure PSB as a Uni XSB or Quad XSB Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify 1 for Uni XSB or specify 4 for Quad XSB If the x option is omitted the previous setting is inherited System Administration 239 setupfru 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported device Specifies the device to be set up Only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of the device sb Integer from 0 15 Specify only one location EXTENDED m Ina high end server the Quad XSB configuration cannot be set in memory DESCRIPTION mirror mode m To set up an already mounted PSB again all XSBs comprising the target PSB must have been disconnected from the domain configuration and placed under the system board pool See the deleteboard 8 command for information on how to disconnect XSBs from the domain configuration m The configuration of the PSB varies according to the system as shown below a Ina high end server the PSB consists of one CPU memory board and one I O unit in combination Ina midrange server the PSB consists of one CPU module and one memory module logically divided into two on the mo
21. The following options are supported d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to connect to a domain console domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forcibly connects to a writable console The currently connected writable console is disconnected Only users who belong to the platadm or domainadm privilege can specify this option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 29 console 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO 30 n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts r Sets up a connection to a read only console s escapeChar Specifies an escape character The default is sharp The character specified for escapeChar must be enclosed in double quotation The following symbols can be specified for escapeChar i ade a PATS EF 127 PR as 1 Ale SA Specified escape character is available only in the session that executed the console 8 command y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command moun moun with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The domain console regards used at the beginning of a line as an escape character An escape character is specified to instr
22. You must have platadm or fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When you cancel the XSCF reset using the setdate 8 which commands reset XSCF automatically even if you perform this command the information that is set is not applied in XSCF EXAMPLE1 Resets the XSCF XSCF gt rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y EXAMPLE 2 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt rebootxscf y The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y EXAMPLE3 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt rebootxscf q y EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the rebootxscf 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF gt rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n n XSCF gt System Administration 105 rebootxscf 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 setdate 8 sethttps 8 setssh 8 106 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO replacefru 8
23. setnameserver c del address setnameserver c del a setnameserver h setnameserver 8 command specifies the DNS servers used in the XSCF network Up to three DNS servers can be registered for XSCF Any attempt to register four or more DNS servers causes an error You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all the DNS servers that are currently registered This option is used with the c del c add Adds the host with the specified IP address as a DNS server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified When a DNS server is registered the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with the specified address c del Deletes the host with the specified IP address from the DNS servers that are set If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address of a DNS server to be added or deleted using four sets of integers Up to three addresses delimited by the space can be specified The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer System Administration 179 setnameserver 8 EXTENDED DES
24. y n v headroom setcod v d domain_id proc rtus setcod h setcod 8 sets up the COD resources to be used for domains License keys must be installed see addcodlicense 8 before COD boards in a domain can be utilized You can also enable headroom and reserve licenses for some domains with setcod 8 When no domain_id is specified current values are displayed in the square brackets at the command prompt If no value is specified for an operand it retains its current value You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Domain identifier domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts v Specifies verbose output y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 131 setcod 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES 132 The following operands are supported headroom Amount of headroom processors to be enabled Maximum value is 4 proc rtus The number of Right To Use RTUs licenses reserved for a domain One RTU license is required for each CPU If you run the setcod command without specifying any options the command prompts you for COD
25. 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of all valid events Displays the global user audit record generation policy Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays the address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usages reaches a threshold XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 showaudit 8 p Displays the policy to follow when the audit trail reaches full capacity s Displays the following auditing states m Space consumed by local audit records m Free space remaining for local audit records m Number of audit records dropped since the last boot since the audit trail reached full capacity SE Displays the thresholds at which to issue warning s about local storage usage OPERANDS The following operands are supported all Displays the following information m Whether the writing of audit trails is set to enable or disable This is the same display that is shown for showaudit when invoked without any options m All the information that would be displayed by invoki
26. DC B 1 Status Normal 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000395 FRU Part Number CA20393 B55X A4 DC A 0 Status Normal DCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal PCI 2 Name Property Card Type DownLink Ver 16h Serial XFO1CF Type Optic Connection IOX X06M IOB1 FRU Part Number CF005017040 5017040 03 TOX X06M Serial XCX06M IOB1 Serial XE0097 Type PCI Express FRU Part Number 5016939 04 LINK Ver 16h Serial XFO1A2 Type Optic FRU Part Number CF005017040 5017040 03 SLOT6 Name Property lpfc PSO Serial DD0250 FRU Part Number CF00300 1701 A1 3001701 04 PS1 Serial DD0166 IOU GO UUUGUUOD 308 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 showhardconf 8 FRU Part Number CF00300 1701 A1 3001701 04 PCI 4 Name_Property Card_Type DownLink Ver 16h Serial XFO19N Type Optic Connection IOX X06M IOBO FRU Part Number 5017040 03 TOX X06M Serial XCX06M IOBO Serial XX00CP Type PCI X FRU Part Number 5016938 04 LINK Ver 16h Serial XF0191 Type Optic FRU Part Number 5017040 03 PSO Serial DD0250 FRU Part Number CF00300 1701 A1 3001701 04 PS1 Serial DD0166 FRU Part Number CF00300 1701 A1 3001701 04 IOU 1 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 78670000376 FRU Part Number CA20393 B55X A4 DDC A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC B 0 Status Normal XSCFU Status Normal Active Ver 0101h Serial 7867000262 FRU Part Number CA20393 B56X AO OPNL St
27. Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 89 password 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported e days date Never Sets the number of days starting from today during which the XSCF account is enabled Otherwise it sets the date when the account expires The date format can be yyyy mm dd Never or its equivalent in the language of the system locale means an account will never expire It is case insensitive h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires Valid values are integers with value of 1 or greater M maxdays Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater n mindays Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration
28. SEE ALSO EXAMPLE1 Displaying the Fault Manager Configuration XSCF gt fmadm config MODULE VERSION STATUS DESCRIPTION case close 1 0 active Case Close Agent fmd self diagnosis 1 0 active Fault Manager Self Diagnosis sysevent transport 1 0 active SysEvent Transport Agent syslog msgs 1 6 active Syslog Messaging Agent The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred fmdump 8 fmstat 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmdump 8 fmdump view fault management logs fmdump fmdump e M v V c class t time T time u uuid fmdump m M t time T time fmdump h The mdump utility displays the contents of any of the logs associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon The Fault Manager runs in the background on each server It records in the error log faults detected by the XSCF and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components The Fault Manager maintains two sets of logs for use by administrators and service personnel Error log Records error telemetry the symptoms of problems detected by the system Fault log Records fault diagnosis information the problems believed to explain these symptoms By default fmdump displays the contents of the fault log which records the result of each diagnosis made by the fault manager or one of its component
29. SEE ALSO showldap 8 System Administration 171 setldap 8 172 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setlocale 8 setlocale set the default locale of the XSCF setlocale s locale setlocale h The setlocale 8 command sets the default locale of the XSCF The locale that can be set is English or Japanese You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s locale Specifies the default locale of the XSCF Either of the following can be specified for locale e Sets the locale for English ja JP UTF 8 Sets the locale for Japanese m The specified locale becomes effective after the subsequent login m The currently set locale can be checked by using the showlocale 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the XSCF default locale for English XSCF gt setlocale s C C EXAMPLE2 Sets the XSCF default locale for Japanese XSCF gt setlocale s ja_JP UTF 8 ja_JP UTF 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showlocale 8 System Administration 173 setlocale 8 174 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Pri
30. Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete 392 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE3 Downloading With a User Provided Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t joe jupiter west home joe logs x k ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAALIEAWVFiSQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkvGt mMkJJzzMj YKOsBLhn6dGEIiHdBSzO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZQNxJaY AOWO58Qgxbn Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 4 Log Files Only Using No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bob mars east home bob logs x k none 1 Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Log only mode No commands will be collected Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE5 Downloading Using Encryption With Provided Password and No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bob mars east home bob logs x k none e P password Output data will be encrypted Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE6 Downloading Using No
31. The operating system is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reset the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running Operating system is running Domain is not defined You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains System Administration 289 showdomainstatus 8 Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Displays status information on all domains that can be accessed d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays status information on all domains XSCF gt showdomainstatus a DID Domain Status 00 Running 01 02 Powered Off 03 Panic State 04 Shutdown Started 05 Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt 06 Initialization Phase 07 OpenBoot Execution Completed EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweroff 8 poweron 8 reset 8 showdcl 8 290 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges
32. To specify a single domain use the symbol followed by a single domain number Example domainadm 3 To specify a range of domains use a dash to indicate to start and end of the domains in the range inclusive Example domainadme3 4 To specify multiple single domains and multiple domain ranges separate the domains or domain ranges with commas Do not repeat domains or cause them to overlap or an error will result Example domainadm 1 2 4 privileges 198 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setprivileges 8 The following are valid values for privileges auditadm Can configure auditing Can delete audit trail auditop Can view all audit state and audit trail fieldeng Can perform all operations reserved for field engineers and authorized service personnel none Cannot perform any operations on the Service Processor that require privilege even if privileges are set for the user in LDAP This privilege allows the administrator to restrict access to such operations on the Service Processor and domains platadm Can perform all Service Processor configuration other than the useradm and auditadm tasks Can assign and unassign hardware from domains perform domain and XSCF power operations and all operations on domain hardware assign unassign power and so on Can perform Service Processor failover operations and view all platform states platop Can view all pl
33. addboard configure an eXtended System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assign it to the domain configuration addboard a y n v c configure d domain id xsb xsb addboard a y n v c assign d domain_id xsb xsb addboard a y n v c reserve d domain id xsb xsb addboard h The addboard 8 command based on domain component list DCL configures a XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration One of the following configuration methods can be specified configure Configures an XSB into the specified domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the operating system assign Assigns an XSB to the specified domain The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned XSB is configured in the domain by reboot or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration The action of reserve is the same as assign You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c assign Assigns an XSB to the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure
34. an error occurs v Specifies verbose output If the e option is not specified showarchiving displays the following information 1 A list of archiving configuration data Archiving state Log archiving is enabled or disabled Archive host The host on which the logs are archived Initial value is Not configured Possible values are a host name or IPv4 address Archive directory The directory on the archive host where the archives are stored Initial value is Not configured System Administration 247 showarchiving 8 248 Username for ssh login User name which the Service Processor uses to login to the archive host Initial value is Not configured Archive host public key The public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host This field is not displayed unless the v option is specified Archive host fingerprint The md5 fingerprint of the public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host 2 Time of the most recent attempt to connect to the archive host and the outcome of that attempt success or failure Latest The completion time of the latest attempt to communicate communication with the archive host Connection status The outcome of the latest attempt to connect to the archive host successful OK or unsuccessful FAILED 3 Table of the status information for audit logs and non audit logs Archive space The amount of space allo
35. c attach disable Not connected up down Logical connection between IOUA and built in switching unit up Connected down Not connected Connection status between I O unit and the system m enable disable Connection setting between I O unit and the system When starting a domain with no I O unit the disable may be displayed enable Yes disable No up down Logical connection between I O unit and the system up Connected down Not connected The cfgdevice 8 command is valid only for high end server You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m For connection and disconnection platadm fieldeng m For displaying the status platadm fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION cfgdevice 8 The following options are supported C C h J p attach Connects the DVD drive tape drive unit to the specified port detach Disconnects the DVD drive tape drive unit from the specified port Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays the current status of the DVD drive tape drive unit currently set up Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Automatically answers n no to all prompts port no Specifies the number of the port in the specif
36. is used c configure Configures an XSB in the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used c reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain in which an XSB is to be configured or to which it is to be assigned domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration System Administration 7 addboard 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION Th Forcibly incorporates into a domain an XSB Note If the f option is used to forcibly add a system board to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the option must be specified verify the status of every added system board and device Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Automatically answers y yes to all prompts e following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be configured or assigned Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted AY where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0
37. m XSB number of the XSB to be associated with an LSB 1sb xsb The XSB with the specified XSB number is associated with an LSB m Using memory mounted on an LSB no mem The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use memory mounted on an LSB m Using I O devices mounted on an LSB no io The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use I O devices such as a PCI card mounted on an LSB System Administration 139 setdcl 8 Privileges OPTIONS 140 m Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards float The user can specify whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards A floating board is used for dynamic reconfiguration DR for purposes such as changing the domain configuration while minimizing effect of DR on the operating system You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Isb xsb d domain id Specifies an XSB number to be associated with an LSB number in the domain The following form can be accepted Isb xsb Isb Specifies an LSB number An integer ranging from 0 to 15 can be specified xsb Specifies an XSB number The following xsb form is accepted x y x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 Isb and xsb can be specified with an equal sign as a d
38. replacefru replace a field replaceable unit FRU replacefru replacefru h The replacefru 8 command replaces a FRU The command allows the user to select confirm and replace the FRU interactively using menus The following FRUs can be replaced using the replacefru 8 command m CPU memory unit CMU a I O unit IOU m FAN unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU m XSCF unit XSCFU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 addfru 8 deleteboard 8 deletefru 8 setupfru 8 showdcl 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 107 replacefru 8 108 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS reset 8 reset reset the specified domain reset a y n d domain_id level reset h Note Since the reset 8 command forcibly resets the system this command may cause a failure in a hard disk drive or other components Use this command only for the purpose of recovery such as if the operating system hangs and for other limited purposes The reset 8 command resets the specified domain The following three levels of resetting can be
39. version c xcp v t XCP 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF 01 01 0001 EXAMPLE5 Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu DomainID 00 01 01 0001 DomainID 01 01 01 0001 DomainID 02 01 01 0001 DomainID 03 01 01 0001 DomainID 23 01 01 0001 406 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS EXAMPLE6 Displays the detailed version of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu v DomainID 00 01 01 0001 DomainID 01 01 01 0001 DomainID 02 01 01 0001 DomainID 03 01 01 0001 DomainID 23 01 01 0001 XSB 00 0 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 00 1 01 01 0001 Reserve 01 01 0001 Current XSB 00 2 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 00 3 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSB 15 3 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve EXAMPLE7 Displays the version of XSCF firmware XSCF gt version c xscf XSCF 0 Active 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve XSCF 1 Standby 01 01 0001 Current 01 01 0001 Reserve The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration version 8 407 version 8 408 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS viewaudit 8 viewaudit display audit records viewaudit viewaudit A date time B date time C c classes D date t
40. 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 enable up enable up 2 disable down enable up EXAMPLE5 Displays the status of individual DVD drive tape drive unit set with the expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0 6 disable down enable up 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 disable down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLE6 Connects the DVD drive tape drive unit to port 0 0 when the system is be moun ing powered on Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt cfgdevice y c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed EXAMPLE7 Connects the DVD drive tape drive unit to port 0 0 when the system is be mon ing powered on Automatically answers y to all prompts without display ing messages XSCF gt cfgdevice q y c attach p 0 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 25 cfgdevice 8 26 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS
41. 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred deletecodlicense 8 setcod 8 showcod 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 System Administration 11 addcodlicense 8 12 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addfru 8 addfru add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU addfru addfru h The addfru 8 command adds an FRU The addfru 8 command enables the user to make the settings that are required for FRU addition and related to selecting confirming and mounting FRUs interactively using menus The following FRUs can be added by the addfru 8 command CPU memory unit CMU a I O unit IOU m Fan unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred deletefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 13 addfru 8 14 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES adduser 8 adduser create an XSCF user account adduser u UID user adduser h adduser 8 creates a new local XSCF user
42. 1 25 EXAMPLE2 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address XSCF gt showdscp d 1 Domain 01 Address 10 1 1 3 EXAMPLE3 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address in a Parsable Form XSCF gt showdscp p d 1 Domain 1 10 1 1 3 System Administration 293 showdscp 8 EXAMPLE4 Displaying All DSCP Address Information In a Parsable Form XSCF gt showdscp p Network 10 1 1 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 XSCF LOT TI Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain PRWoOANTAUMLWNDY OoOOdOOQOOOOOOO Ho GoOox UAMIUORroNHHo EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setdscp 8 294 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 showdualpowerfeed display the current setting of dual power feed mode showdualpowerfeed showdualpowerfeed h The showdualpowerfeed 8 command displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system The showdualpowerfeed 8 command is valid in a midrange server only The dual power feed mode can be set by the setdualpowerfeed 8 command Also before the dual power feed mode is changed by the setdualpower feed 8 command the values of changed settings are displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this co
43. 1B Size 1 GB EM 1B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d017e22 Type 1B Size 1 GB EM 2A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016a13 Type 1B Size 1 GB EM 2B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016417 Type 1B Size 1 GB EM 3A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d017617 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A 356d 0d016b12 Type 1B Size 1 GB DC_A 0 Status Normal DC_A 1 Status Normal DC_A 2 Status Normal DC_A 3 Status Normal DC B 0 Status Normal DC B 1 Status Normal 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000395 FRU Part Number CA20393 B55X A4 7 DC_A 0 Status Normal DCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal PCI 2 Name_Property Card_Type DownLink Ver 16h Serial XFO1CF Type Optic Connection IOX X06M IOB1 FRU Part Number CF005017040 5017040 03 TOX X06M Serial XCX06M IOB1 Serial XE0097 Type PCI Express FRU Part Number 5016939 04 LINK Ver 16h Serial XFO1A2 Type Optic FRU Part Number CF005017040 5017040 03 SLOT6 Name Property lpfc PSO Serial DD0250 FRU Part Number CF00300 1701 A1 3001701 04 PS1 Serial DD0166 System Administration 307 showhardconf 8 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 041
44. Ctrl D 166 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 sethttps 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showhttps 8 System Administration 167 sethttps 8 168 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setldap 8 setldap configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client setldap b bind B baseDN c certchain p s servers t user T timeout setldap h setldap 8 allows you to configure the Service Processor as an LDAP client Note The LDAP client supports passwords only in the CRYPT format UNIX Crypt or MD5 Therefore the passwords on the LDAP server must support it as well Refer to the administration guide for your server for more information You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported B baseDN Specifies distinguished name for the search base Maximum character length is 128 characters b bind Sets the identity to use when binding to the LDAP server Maximum character length is 128 characters c certchain Imports an LDAP server certificate chain from the remote file specified in certchain The certificate chain must be in PEM format Remote files are specified using the standard scp
45. ID 0 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory XSCF gt setdomrarm d 0 set defaults DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 All OpenBoot PROM variable will be reset to original default values Continue y n l y EXAMPLE 4 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 1 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory Automatically re plies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdomrarm q y d 1 set defaults The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdscp 8 setdscp set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP setdscp v setdscp f v a y n i address m netmask setdscp f v a y n s i address setdscp f v a y n d domain id i address setdscp h setdscp 8 assigns IP addresses to the DSCP links setdscp is intended for initial configuration only Domains should not be powered on when running this command Note You are required to reboot the Service Processor after modifying the DSCP IP address assignment using this command and before the IP addresses you specified are used You can specify a network address for use by all of the DSCP links using the i address and m netmask arguments In this mode of operation
46. IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOU 1 PCI 1 TOU 1 PCI 1 EXAMPLE 2 XSCF gt ioxadm IOU 1 PCI 1 IOU 1 PCI 1 IOU 1 PCI 1 IOU 1 PCI 1 EXAMPLE 3 XSCF gt ioxadm IOX ITOX 0033 IOX 12B4 Sensor Value Res Units T_AMBIENT 28 000 1 000 C T_CHIP 28 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 31 000 1 000 C SWITCH On SWITCH V_12V_ANODE 11 703 0 059 V V_12V_CATHODE 11 703 0 059 V V_ISHARE 0 632 0 040 V I_DC 2316 0 289 A S FAN ACTUAL 3708 791 40 313 RPM S_FAN_SET 4500 000 300 000 RPM T_AMBIENT 28 000 1 000 c T_CHIP 29 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 31 000 1 000 C SWITCH On SWITCH V_12V_ANODE 11 762 0 059 Vv V_12V_CATHODE 11 762 0 059 V V_ISHARE 0 672 0 040 Vv I DC 5 211 0 289 A S FAN ACTUAL 4115 854 49 588 RPM S_FAN_SET 4500 000 300 000 RPM T_CHIP 32 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 35 000 1 000 C T_CHIP 33 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 36 000 1 000 C V_12_0V 12 052 0 005 Vv V_12V_MAIN 12 000 0 400 V v_1_0V 1 030 0 001 Vv V_1_5V 1 496 0 001 Vv V_3_3V 3 291 0 002 Vv V_3_3AUX 3 308 0 002 Vv I DC 8 600 0 200 A LINK T SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C LINK T_SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C T_SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C T_SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C Display All Sensor Readings on a Link and Suppressing Headers p env iou 1 pci 1 T_SIGCONO 45 000 40 000 C T_SIGCON1 45 000 40 000 C DATA On 7 LED MGMT Flash LED Display All External I O Expansion Units or Downlink Card Paths list Link 0 TOU 1 PCI 4 IOU 2 PCI 1
47. LE time snapshot h The snapshot 8 command provides a data collection mechanism that enables rapid reliable and flexible retrieval of diagnostic information on the Service Processor snapshot 8 collects the following data Configuration Environmentals Logs Errors and FRUID information It transfers data to the specified destination snapshot opens an output file the name of which is automatically generated based on the host name and IP address assigned to the Service Processor and the UTC time in hours minutes and seconds and date on the Service Processor at the time snapshot is invoked For example jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 snapshot does not support user specified file names for the output file As files and command output are collected from the Service Processor snapshot compresses the output data and writes it in the format of a zip archive snapshot stores the collected data on a remote network host or on an external media device based upon the use of the t T or d option To store the collected data on a remote network host using the t option you must specify a host name or IP address a target directory on the remote network host and the user name of a user on the remote host If you have already set an archive target using setarchiving 8 you can use the T option to store the data on a remote network host using that same information or use T in conjunction with the D option to change only the
48. Limited d tiennent et contr lent toutes deux des droits de propri t intellectuelle relatifs aux produits et technologies d crits dans ce document De m me ces produits technologies et ce document sont prot g s par des lois sur le copyright des brevets d autres lois sur la propri t intellectuelle et des trait s internationaux Les droits de propri t intellectuelle de Sun Microsystems Inc et Fujitsu Limited concernant ces produits ces technologies et ce document comprennent sans que cette liste soit exhaustive un ou plusieurs des brevets d pos s aux Etats Unis et indiqu s a l adresse http www sun com patents de m me qu un ou plusieurs brevets ou applications brevet es suppl mentaires aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Ce document le produit et les technologies aff rents sont exclusivement distribu s avec des licences qui en restreignent l utilisation la copie la distribution et la d compilation Aucune partie de ce produit de ces technologies ou de ce document ne peut tre reproduite sous quelque forme que ce soit par quelque moyen que ce soit sans l autorisation crite pr alable de Fujitsu Limited et de Sun Microsystems Inc et de leurs ventuels bailleurs de licence Ce document bien qu il vous ait t fourni ne vous conf re aucun droit et aucune licence expresses ou tacites concernant le produit ou la technologie auxquels il se rapporte Par ailleurs il ne contient ni ne repr sente aucun engag
49. M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Product Notes SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Product Notes External I O Expansion Unit Product Notes 1 Manuals on the Web Manual Codes C120 E326 C120 E457 C120 E349 C120 E350 C120 E327 C120 E351 C120 E328 C120 E352 C120 E330 C120 E329 C120 E361 C120 E331 C120 E332 C120 E333 C120 E335 C120 E336 C120 E360 Go to the Web Go to the Web C120 E456 The latest versions of all the SPARC Enterprise series manuals are available at the following websites Global Site Preface xiii xiv http www fujitsu com sparcenterprise manual Japanese Site http primeserver fujitsu com sparcenterprise manual Note Product Notes is available on the website only Please check for the recent update on your product 2 Documentation CD For the Documentation CD please contact your local sales representative a SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Documentation CD C120 E365 a SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Documentation CD C120 E364 3 Manual included on the Enhanced Support Facility x x CD ROM disk a Remote maintenance Service Book Title Manual Code Enhanced Support Facility User s Guide for REMCS C112 B067 4 Provided in system Man page of the XSCF Note The man page can be referenced
50. STATUS SEE ALSO showaltitude 8 showaltitude display the altitude state of the system showaltitude showaltitude h The showaltitude 8 command displays the current settings for the altitude state of the system The displayed altitude value is a multiple of 100 meters You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the server EXAMPLE 1 Displays the altitude of the system XSCF gt showaltitude 1000m The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setaltitude 8 System Administration 245 showaltitude 8 246 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showarchiving 8 showarchiving display log archiving configuration and status showarchiving showarchiving e v showarchiving h showarchiving 8 displays the status and configuration information for log archiving on the Service Processor You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported e Displays information about the last ten archiving errors h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands
51. System Administration 33 deleteboard 8 34 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS deletecodlicense 8 deletecodlicense remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database deletecodlicense f license signature deletecodlicense h The deletecodlicense 8 command removes the specified COD RTU license key from the COD license database on the Service Processor For further information about COD RTU license keys refer to the OPL Administration Guide The system checks the number of COD RTU licenses against the number of COD CPUS in use If the license removal will result in an insufficient number of COD RTU licenses with respect to the CPU in use the system does not delete the license key from the COD RTU license database If you still want to delete the COD RTU license key you must reduce the number of COD CPUs in use Power off the appropriate number of domains or disconnect the appropriate number of boards You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported f Forces the specified COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported license signatu
52. System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU create an XSCF user account reset XSCF to reflect information that has been set for the XSCF network connect a DVD TAPE drive to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive set or display the clock control unit used at system startup connect to a domain console disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU delete an XSCF user account disable an XSCF user account enable an XSCF user account exit the XSCF shell update the firmware fault management configuration tool view fault management logs report fault management module statistics download a firmware image file manage External 1 O Expansion Units System Administration 1 Intro 8 man moveboard nslookup password poweroff poweron prtfru rebootxscf replacefru reset resetdateoffset sendbreak setaltitude setarchiving setaudit setautologout setcod setdate setdcl setdomainmode setdomparam setdscp setdualpowerfeed setemailreport sethostname sethttps display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command move an eXtended System
53. The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 113 resetdateoffset 8 114 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO sendbreak 8 sendbreak send a break signal to the specified domain sendbreak a domain id sendbreak a y n d domain id sendbreak h The sendbreak 8 command sends a break signal to the specified domain When a break signal is sent from the domain console to the domain operating system control is transferred from the operating system to OpenBoot PROM and the OpenBoot PROM prompt ok gt is displayed You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to send the break signal domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurre
54. V XSCF gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 V Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef f0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36flea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Jul 11 16 17 42 platol10 root ID 702911 user error WARNING pci 83 4000 scsi 2 sd 0 0 sd47 Jul 11 16 17 42 platol0 root ID 702911 user error incomplete write giving up 332 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showlogs 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays a power log XSCF gt showlogs power Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure Service Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service EXAMPLE5 Displays a power log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Power Failure Service EXAMPLE6 Displays th
55. a nonalphanumeric character The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurrred adduser 8 password 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setpowerupdelay 8 setpowerupdelay set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup setpowerupdelay c warmup s time setpowerupdelay c wait s fime setpowerupdelay h The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup The wait time before system startup can be used to control the system startup time so that the system is started only after air conditioning makes the temperature of the computer room suitable If the system power has already been turned on and the system is operating the setting takes effect at the next startup You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c warmup Specifies the warm up time c wait Specifies the wait time before system startup h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the warm up time or wait time before system startup in minutes An integer ranging from 0 to 255 can be specified for time The currently set warm up time
56. a users enable disable default Sets the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the users is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy for the specified user When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy c classes enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specification are processed together with an e options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 1 When set to enable or disable au
57. are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 417 who 1 418 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 cO FUJITSU
58. as a floating board relative to other boards If policy is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value fru Degrades the target part for an error detected by a diagnosis xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error detected by a diagnosis system Degrades the target system for an error detected by a diagnosis If no mem is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of memory on a domain false Does not omit the use of memory on a domain default 142 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setdcl 8 If no io is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of I O devices on a domain false Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default If float is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Gives a higher priority regarding floating boards false Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default The following operands are supported Isb Specifies the number of the LSB whose information is to be set Specify by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 Multiple Isbs can be specified by delimiting with spaces Specifies unique lsb within the domain If the same sb number is specified an error occurs m If the XSB associated with the specified LSB has been confi
59. at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 7 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater OPERANDS The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name 90 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO password 8 EXAMPLE1 Enabling Password Until February 2 2008 XSCF gt password e 2008 02 02 EXAMPLE 2 Set Password Lock 10 Days After Password Expiration XSCF gt password i 10 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setpassword policy 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 91 password 8 92 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION poweroff 8 poweroff turn off the power to the specified domain poweroff q y n M a domain id poweroff a y n a M poweroff h The powerof 8 command turns off the power to the specified domain The command can turn off the power to the specified domain or to all domains After ordinary shutdown processing for the operating system is executed the power is turned off You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command on
60. collect different sets of data for different diagnostic purposes The three different sets are named Initial Root Cause and Full and are specified through the use of the L option Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported D directory Used with the T option specifies a value for directory instead of the value set using setarchiving 8 The directory field must not begin with a hyphen or a tilde Refer to the description of the T option for more detailed information d device Specifies the external media device to use The following option is available to d r Removes all files from the external media device prior to data collection This option is not valid with the t or T options E time Specifies the end time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the S fime option for the start time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot Only those log entries created before the time specified by E time are collected by snapshot Refer also to the description of the S option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the following two formats SY Sm d SH 3M S yY m d_ H 3M S e Encrypts the zip archive Required when using P password h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occ
61. configured in or assigned to a domain and the state of all mounted XSBs c sp Displays the system boards located in the system board pool System boards in the system board pool do not belong to any domain d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain whose status of XSB is displayed Only information that is defined with the DCL of the specified domain is displayed An integer ranging from 0 to 23 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Displays detailed information on XSB OPERANDS The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted toy where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards a XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 00 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal 00 1 00 01 Assigned y y y Passed Normal 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 00 3 02 00 Unavailable y n n Unknown Normal System Administration 259 showboards 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays detailed information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards v a XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD 00 0 00 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 1 00 01 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal n 00 3 02 00 Unava
62. dev dsk cOt3s0s1 swap area 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem var 00 00 0 sa3 var run mounted filesystem var run XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdevices 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays detail information of the physical devices and their available re sources in domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdevices v d 0 GPU DID XSB id state speed ecache 00 00 0 40 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 41 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 42 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 43 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 50 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 51 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 52 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 53 on line 2048 4 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 00 00 0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 4096 00 1 250 1500 00 01 0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 4096 IO Devices DID XSB device resource usage 00 00 0 sdo 00 00 0 sd1 00 00 0 sd2 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 dump device swap 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 swap area 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem var 00 00 0 sa3 var run mounted filesystem var run 00 00 0 sd4 00 00 0 sd5 00 00 0 sd6 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showfru 8 System Administration 285 showdevices 8 286 XSCF Reference
63. display the date and time of XSCF showdate u showdate h The showdate 8 command displays the date and time of XSCF If showdate 8 command is executed with no options date and time currently set is displayed If the local date and time are specified they are set following conversion to coordinated universal time UTC After date and time are set the prompt to confirm the reset of XSCF is displayed When XSCF is reset the set date and time are reflected Changed date and time are reflected in the domain when either of the following operations is performed m Rebooting the domain m The NTP time synchronization processing after the change of date and time of XSCF with the date 8 command You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u Specifies time in coordinated universal time UTC When the u option is omitted the local time is specified The setdate 8 command sets the XSCF date and time EXAMPLE1 Displays the current time as the local time JST XSCF gt showdate Mon Jan 23 14 53 00 JST 2006 System Administration 273 showdate 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the current time in UTC XSCF gt showdate u Mon Jan 23 05 56 15 U
64. domains are running a The operating system of the destination domain is running even though the source domain is powered off If c assign is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is assigned to the domain configuration a The operating system of the source domain is running m The source domain is powered off If c reserve is specified when either the domain power of the move source has been turned off or the operating system is not running the XSB is immediately disconnected from the domain of the move source and assigned to the domain of the move destination Moving the XSB involves the following internal operations and therefore command execution may take time a Disconnecting the hardware resource of the system board from the operating system m Running a hardware diagnosis on the system board when connecting it See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL EXAMPLE1 Disconnects XSB 00 0 from the current domain and attaches it to domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 00 0 System Administration 85 moveboard 8 EXAMPLE 2 Reserves assignment of the XSB 00 0 to the domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 c reserve 00 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 show
65. f date time 232 Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It doesn t count the leap year day n Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 f date time settimezone 8 Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time You can specify date in any of the
66. for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name EXAMPLE1 Create a Group XSCF gt setsnmpvacm creategroup u jsmith admin XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setsnmpvacm 8 EXAMPLE2 Create a View of the Entire MIB XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview s 1 all_view EXAMPLE3 Create a View Where the Subtree Is Excluded XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview e s 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 m fe excl_view EXAMPLE4 Create Access XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createaccess r all admin The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showsnmpvacm 8 System Administration 223 setsnmpvacm 8 224 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setssh 8 setssh set the SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generate the host public key and register or delete the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service setssh a y n c enable setssh c disable setssh c addpubkey u user name setssh c delpubkey a s line u user name setssh a y n c genhostkey setssh h setssh 8 command starts or stops the SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generates the host public key and registers or deletes the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service If a host public key already exists when a new host public key is to be gen
67. h setpasswordpolicy 8 allows an administrator to change the the system password policy These policies are enforced by XSCF on the Service Processor The following parameters control creation of new user accounts expiry inactive maxdays mindays and warn When a user is created the adduser 8 command uses these parameters as the password expiration settings for the new account The password 8 command can be used to change the password expiration settings for an existing account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d dcredit Sets maximum number of digits in a password Each digit counts as one credit The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to dcredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 e expiry Sets the number of days a new account will be valid before expiring and becoming disabled This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 0 A zero means that the account will not expire Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created
68. interfaces h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 341 shownetwork 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the operand is ignored m For midrange server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF units Inter SCF Network ISN For abbreviation lan 0 an abbreviattion of XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 an abbreviattion of XSCF LAN 1 m For high end server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF units Inter SCF Network ISN For XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1l lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 1 if ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 342 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES shownetwork 8 When the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration in the high end server a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been s
69. m Current configuration and status a Number of installed FRUs m Domain information m External I O Expansion Unit information m Name properties of PCI cards You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command u Displays the number of FRUs installed in each unit For CPU modules operating frequencies are displayed For memory units the capacity of each memory unit is displayed If this option is omitted the current configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain information are displayed System Administration 305 showhardconf 8 EXTENDED When the configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain DESCRIPTION information are displayed for any failed or degraded unit an asterisk indicating an abnormal unit is displayed along with any of the following states Status Description Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a
70. modules Each problem recorded in the fault log is identified by m The time of its diagnosis m A Universal Unique Identifier UUID that can be used to uniquely identify this particular problem across any set of systems m A message identifier MSG ID that can be used to access a corresponding knowledge article located at the specified website If a problem requires action by a human administrator or service technician or affects system behavior the Fault Manager also issues a human readable message This message provides a summary of the problem and a reference to the knowledge article on the specified website You can use the v and V options to expand the display from a single line summary to increased levels of detail for each event recorded in the log You can also use the M option to display only one screen at a time The c t T and u options can be used to filter the output by selecting only those events that match the specified class range of times or uuid If more than one filter option is present on the command line the options combine to display only those events that are selected by the logical AND of the options If more than one instance of the same System Administration 53 fmdump 8 Privileges OPTIONS 54 filter option is present on the command line the like options combine to display any events selected by the logical OR of the options You can use the m option to display the Fault Manager sys
71. on the XSCF Shell and it provides the same content as the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual 5 Documentations and Supporting on the Web The latest information about other documents and the supporting of the SPARC Enterprise series are provided on the website a Message http www fujitsu com sparcenterprise msg b Downloading the firmware program Contact the field engineer The following files or document are provided i Firmware program file XSCF Control Package XCP file ii XSCF extension MIB definition file XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Note XSCF Control Package XCP XCP is a package which has the control programs of hardware that configures a computing system The XSCF firmware and the OpenBoot PROM firmware are included in the XCP file c Fault Management MIB SUN FM MIB definition file http src opensolaris org source xref innv onnv gate usr src lib fm libfmd snmp mibs d Solaris Operating System Related Manuals http docs sun com 6 Provided in firmware program CD For maintenance service for FEs a Firmware program file XSCF Control Package XCP file b XSCF extension MIB definition file 7 Information on Using the RCI function The manual does not contain an explanation of the RCI build procedure For information on using the RCI function refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI Build Procedure and
72. only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power a EXAMPLE 4 Forcibly turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweroff f d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 The f option will cause domains to be immediately resets Continue y n y 00 Powering off Note This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLES Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt poweroff y d 2 DomainIDs to power off 02 Continue y n y 02 Powering off Note This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE6 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweroff q y d 2 EXAMPLE7 Cancels the powerof 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF poweroff d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 Continue y n n EXAMPLE 8 Cancels the poweroff 8 command execution that is in progress Automati cally replies with n to the prompt XSCF gt poweroff n d 3 DomainIDs to power off 03 Continue y n n System Administration 95 poweroff 8 96 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE9 Cancels the poweroff 8 command execution that is in progress Automati cally replie
73. operating system of the domain is running in single user mode Execute the shutdown 1M command in the domain m When the poweroff 8 command is executed power off results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powered off The power was turned off normally Not Powering An error occurred and the power could not be turned off An off error message is displayed with Not Powering off m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the system power is off EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Turns off power to all domains XSCF gt poweroff a DomainIDs to power off 00 01 02 03 Continue y nl l y 00 Powering off 01 Powering off 02 Powering off 03 Powering off Note This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE2 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweroff d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 Continue y nl l y 00 Powering off Note This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power 94 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 poweroff 8 EXAMPLE3 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 1 An error occurs because the user has no control privilege XSCF gt poweroff d 1 DomainIDs to power off 01 Continue y n l y 01 Not powering off Permission denied Note This command
74. remaining mem Size of remaining memory to be deleted MB I O devices device Instance name of I O device resource Managed resource name usage Description of the instance using resources query Results of an off line inquiry about resources You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p byboard Displays results organized by XSB The results can be further summarized by device and displayed If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used p bydevice Displays results organized by device type CPU memory I O etc If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 OPERANDS p force p query showdevices 8 Predicts system resources deleted from the operating system when a system board is forcibly disconnected by deleteboard f command If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used Predicts system resources deleted from the operating system when a system boar
75. set to a low value is difficult to use as a floating board Accordingly it is difficult for the system board to affect the domain operation system m The setdcl1 8 command sets domain configuration information EXAMPLE1 Displays detailed information on the DCL that is set for domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdcl d 0 DID LSB XSB Status 00 Running 00 00 0 04 01 0 08 02 0 12 03 0 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLE 2 XSCF gt showdcl DID 00 LSB showdcl 8 Displays details in the domain component list that is set for domain ID 0 XSB 00 0 System Administration V d 0 Status Running No Mem False False True True No IO False True True True Float False False True False Cfg policy FRU 279 showdcl 8 EXAMPLE 3 Displays details in the domain component lists that are set for all domains XSCF gt showdcl v a DID LSB XSB Status No Mem No IO Float Cfg policy 00 Running FRU 00 00 0 False False False 01 02 03 04 01 0 False True False 05 06 07 08 02 0 True True True 09 10 11 12 03 0 True True False 13 14 15 01 Running FRU 00 01 2 True True False 01 04 0 False False False 07 05 0 True False False EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showb
76. specified por Resets the domain system panic Instructs the domain operating system to generate a panic The command is ignored if it is issued during power off or shutdown xir Resets the domain CPU You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be reset domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 109 reset 8 OPERANDS The following operand is supported level Specifies the level of resetting One of the following can be specified This operand cannot be omitted por Resets the domain system request Instructs the domain operating system to generate a panic xir Resets the domain CPU EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether th
77. standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value Specifies the offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 p offset s timezone settimezone 8 Specifies the offset of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT You can specify offset in the following format In case omitted it is 1 hour before the specified time GmT hh mm ss GMT Greenwich mean time moun 1 Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value hh mm ss Specifies the offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 Specifies the time zone One of the time zone displayed by the a option can be specified for timezone System Administration 235 settimezone 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 236 EXAMPLES t date time Specifies the termination time of Daylight Saving Time You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to terminate D
78. syntax that is user host file and imported using scp If the copy requires a user password you will be prompted for it Use of this option implicitly enables the use of TLS when connecting to LDAP This may be disabled by specifying certchain as none The certificate chain must be 64 Kbytes in size or less and it must be valid or it will be rejected h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets a password to use when binding to the LDAP server You will be prompted for the password System Administration 169 setldap 8 S servers Sets the primary and secondary LDAP servers and ports servers is a comma separated list of server port Ports are specified numerically and servers can be specified either by name or IP address in the dotted decimal format For example 10 8 31 14 636 company 636 The first server in the list is the primary Server names must be resolvable Maximum name length is 128 characters E user Tests connections to all configured LDAP servers Attempts to retrieve the password data for the specified user from each configured server and reports success or failure in each case T timeout Sets the maximum time allowed for an LDAP search before it returns search results EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Configuring Bind Name XSCF gt setldap b user p Password lt Enter password gt XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name Not set LDAP Search
79. target directory When storing data on a remote network host snapshot opens a network connection using SSH to act as a data pipe to the remote file It is possible to restrict data collection on some larger log files to a specific date range using the options S and optionally E Encrypted network protocols such as SSH and SSL are used for transmission of the data across a network connection The entire zip archive itself can be encrypted using the e flag To decrypt a zip archive that has been encrypted with this process use the encryption password given to snapshot with the openss1 command The following example decrypts the file jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip e openssl aes 128 cbc d in jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T722 33 44 zip e out jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip System Administration 387 snapshot 8 Every zip archive generated by snapshot includes two files generated by snapshot itself The first file called README contains the original name of the zip archive the name of the configuration file on the Service Processor used to create the zip archive the version of snapshot and whether log only mode the 1 flag was used to generate the archive The second file called CONFIG is a copy of the actual configuration file used by snapshot to generate the archive The data collected by snapshot may potentially be used by Service personnel to diagnose problems with the system snapshot can
80. the IP addresses used by the Service Processor and each domain specific DSCP link are automatically selected from within the range of addresses indicated by the network address You can set the IP address of an individual domain specific DSCP link independently of all other DSCP address settings using the d domain_id and i address arguments You can set the IP address of the Service Processor independently of all other DSCP address settings using the s and i address arguments If DSCP has been previously configured the current settings are displayed If they are correct they can be accepted by pressing the Return key An error occurs if you set the address of the Service Processor or a domain to a value that either is out of range for a previously configured network address or conflicts with an address already assigned to another domain or the Service Processor You can override such errors by using the option Using the f option with a conflicting IP address may cause misconfiguration You must resolve such conflicts for DSCP to operate properly With no arguments setdscp enters an interactive mode that prompts you to enter all of the DSCP IP address information sequentially The noninteractive method setting up the IP addresses of all domains using the i and m options is preferred After inputting all the requested settings you can review the settings and decide whether to commit them to the DSCP configuration database
81. the SNMP agent showsnmpvacm showsnmpvacm h showsnmpvacm 8 displays the current VACM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System XSCF gt showsnmpvacm Groups Groupname Username admin jsmith bob Views View Subtree Mask Type all view 1 ff include Access View Group all_view admin The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setsnmpvacm 8 System Administration 369 showsnmpvacm 8 370 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showssh 8 showssh display the status host public keys fingerprint or user public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network showssh c hostkey M showssh c pubkey u user name M showssh h showssh 8 command displays the status host public keys fingerprint or user public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network The following information is displayed SSH status Validity of the SSH service RSA key Host public key in RSA format DSA key Host public key in DSA format Fingerprint Host public key in fingerprint format When specified the display of user public key the user public key number which autom
82. the number of COD CPUs installed in the system Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses installed Specifies one of the following COD attributes OK HEADROOM Violation Indicates that there are sufficient licenses for the COD CPUs in use Also displays the number of remaining COD resources available and the number of any instant access CPUs headroom available The number of instant access COD CPUs in use Indicates a COD RTU license violation exists Displays the number of COD CPUs in use that exceeds the number of COD RTU licenses available This situation can occur when you force the deletion of a COD RTU license key from the COD RTU license database but the COD CPU associated with the license key is still in use The showcodusage p domain command displays the following COD usage information for each domain Domain Resource Identifies COD RTU resource processor for each domain An Unused processor is a COD CPU that has not yet been assigned to a domain In Use Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the domain XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXAMPLES showcodusage 8 Installed Specifies the number of COD CPU resources installed in the domain Reserved Specifies the number of COD RTU licenses allocated to the domain Status Contains one of the following when the v option is specified Licensed The domain COD CPU has a COD RTU license and is in use Unlicensed A C
83. the power supply PS that has previously been marked ready to remove When a PSU is newly installed and the power switch is in the on position or a boat is connected to a powered link card they automatically power themselves on However this command can be used to power a PSU or I O boat back on that previously had been powered down for removal as long as the power switch is in the on position reset target XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 ioxadm 8 Reinitializes FRU components used to monitor External I O Expansion Unit environmentals If a boat or link card is specified the bridge controllers in the link cards are reset and re initialized If a box is specified the fan controller and demux in the box are reset and re initialized along with all bridge controllers associated with the External I O Expansion Unit setled on off slow fast target led type target Sets LED state off Off on On fast Fast blink slow Slow blink Refer to the entry for led type in this section for detailed information about LED types System Administration 75 ioxadm 8 76 Specifies the target device which can be a downlink card in a host slot an External I O Expansion Unit or a FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The downlink card is identified by the hostpath to the card hostpath is platform dependent and indicates the path to the slot on the host system which contains the downlink card On SPARC Enterp
84. the system display log archiving configuration and status Intro 8 showaudit showautologout showboards showcod showcodlicense showcodusage showconsolepath showdate showdcl showdevices showdomainmode showdomainstatus showdscp showdualpower feed showemailreport showenvironment showfru showhardconf showhostname showhttps showldap showlocale showlocator display the current auditing system state display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell display information on an eXtended System Board XSB display Capacity on Demand COD configuration information display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources display information on the domain console that is currently connected show the date and time of XSCF display the current domain component list DCL display current information on an eXtended System Board XSB display the domain mode display the current domain component list DCL display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP display the current setting of dual power feed mode display the email report configuration data display the intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor information voltage sensor information and fan rotation information about the system display
85. to or greater than 8 characters o old_password Specifes the old password user Specifes a valid user name System Administration 219 setsnmpusm 8 220 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE1 Adding a User With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA P Xxxxxxxx e yyyyyyyy jsmith EXAMPLE 2 Adding a User Without Specifying Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA bob Authetication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE3 Cloning a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm clone u sue joe Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE4 Deleting a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm delete joe The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showsnmpusm 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmpvacm 8 setsnmpvacm modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model VACM configuration setsnmpvacm creategroup u username groupname setsnmpvacm deletegroup u username groupname setsnmpvacm createview s OID subtree e m OID_Mask viewname setsnmpvacm deleteview s OID_subtree viewname setsnmpvacm createaccess r read_viewname groupname setsnmpvacm deleteaccess groupname setsnmpvacm h setsnmpvacm 8 modifies the SNMP Agent s VACM configuration Using this command requires a basic knowledge of SNMP You must have platadm privileges to run this command
86. version 0x0 class list suspect uuid 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed code FMD 8000 58 diag time 1128021009 615016 de embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 scheme fmd authority embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 product id SUNW SPARC Enterprise chassis id BF0000001V server id localhost end authority mod name sde mod version 1 13 end de fault list sz 0x1 fault list array of embedded nvlists start fault list 0 nvlist version 0 version 0x0 class fault io iox cp seeprom certainty 0x64 fru embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 scheme hc version 0x0 hc root he list sz 0x1 he list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 nvlist version 0 hc name iox hc id 0 end hc list 0 end fru end fault list 0 58 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO fmdump 8 EXAMPLES Displaying Contents of the Fault Manager syslog Message XSCF gt fmdump m M MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 01 44 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2daddee0 2 42 47ee b5b2 57ae6a41bfc0 DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has b
87. y XSCF gt EXAMPLE4 Cancels the unlockmaintenance command execution that is in progress Automatically answers n to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance n This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n n EXAMPLES Cancels the unlockmaintenance command execution that is in progress mon Automatically answers n to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance q n XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 404 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES version 8 version display firmware version version c xcp v t version c cmu xscf v version h The version 8 command displays firmware version The following versions can be displayed xcp The comprehensive version of the XSCF control package XCP firmware currently applied to the system cmu The version of OpenBoot PROM firmware xscf The version of XSCF firmware You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Ref
88. you can reenable accounts disabled by disableuser You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies the valid user name of the account to be enabled EXAMPLE1 Enable a User Account XSCF gt enableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 43 enableuser 8 44 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges exit exit the XSCF shell exit The exit 1 command exits and closes the XSCF shell No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration exit 1 45 exit 1 46 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS flashupdate 8 flashupdate update the firmware flashupdate c check m xcp s version flashupdate a y n c update m xcp s version flashupdate c sync flashupdate h The flashupdate 8 command updates the firmware that is provided for the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers The entire firmware shown below is updated Whet
89. 0 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showenvironment 8 EXAMPLE 3 Displays voltage information about each component XSCF gt showenvironment volt MBU_A 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 010V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V CPUM 0 CHIP 0 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 000V CPUM 1 CHIP 0 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 000V MEMB 0 L 2V Power Supply Group 1 200V L 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 500V MEMB 1 L 2V Power Supply Group 1 200V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 500V MEMB 2 L 2V Power Supply Group 1 200V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 500V MEMB 3 1 2V Power Supply Group 1 200V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V 2 5V Power Supply Group 2 500V IOU 0 1 0V Power Suppl 1 2V Power Suppl 1 5V Power Suppl 1 8V Power Suppl 2 5V Power Suppl 3V Power Suppl 5 0V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl FANBP 3 3V Power Suppl 5 0V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl Group 1 020V Group 1 180V Group 1 500V Group 1 850V Group 2 510V Group 3 300V Group 5 000V Group 12 000V Group 12 000V w KKK KKK KKK Group 3 300V Group 5 010V Group 12 020V Group 12 030V K K K EXAMPLE4 Displays voltage information about each component when specified voltage margin XSCF gt showenvironment volt margin 10 MBU_A 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 010V 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 700V System Administration 301 showenviro
90. 1 Current connection for DVD DAT Main chassis port 0 0 Expansion chassis port 8 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0 6 disable down enable up 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 disable down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 When the system is being powered off reserves the connection of the DVD drive tape drive unit to the port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed Reservation EXAMPLE2 When the system is being powered on connects the DVD drive tape drive unit to port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n y Completed EXAMPLE3 Disconnects the DVD drive tape drive unit from the port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice f c detach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to detach the device y n y Completed 24 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS cfgdevice 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the status of individual DVD drive tape drive unit set without the expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0
91. 160 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS sethostname 8 sethostname set a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit sethostname xscfu hostname sethostname d domainname sethostname h sethostname 8 command sets a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit When the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the DNS domain name becomes common to XSCF units The host name can be specified for each XSCF unit You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported ddomainname Specifies a DNS domain name to be set for the XSCF unit The domainname is specified in up to 254 characters with the hostname included with label elements delimited by a period If a domain name exceeding 254 characters is specified an error occurs A label element can contain alphanumeric characters and hyphens Each label element must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported hostname Specifies a host name to be set for the XSCF unit The hostname is specified in up to 64 characters not in Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN but in an abbreviated form If a host name exceeding 64 characters is specified
92. 2 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 header 57 1 command viewaudit jupiter company com 2006 01 26 16 13 09 128 05 00 subject 5 sue normal ssh 1282 saturn command viewaudit platform access granted return 0 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 viewaudit 8 EXAMPLES Displaying Audit Records Within a Range of Two Days XSCF gt viewaudit A 20060125 B 2d file 1 2006 01 26 16 11 52 785 05 00 20060126211152 0000000000 jupiter west company com subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 51409 jupiter west header 56 1 command showldap jupiter west 2006 01 27 21 15 12 416 05 00 subject 4 jblake normal telnet 51409 sri company com command showldap platform access granted return 0 subject 7 bob normal ssh 40952 mars com header 57 1 command viewaudit mars company com 2006 01 26 16 12 16 127 05 00 subject 0 opl normal ssh 40952 apps command viewaudit platform access denied EXAMPLE6 Displaying First 5 Records of 70 that Match a Date Range XSCF viewaudit 1 A 20070515 B 20070516 C S 1 E 5 file 1 2007 05 07 10 47 56 753 07 00 20070507174756 0000000000 san ff2 36 0 header 37 1 login telnet san ff2 36 0 West Sun COM 2007 05 15 00 12 03 880 07 00 subject 1084 root escalation telnet 56444 recon West Sun COM he
93. 23b25 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123e20 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123822 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123724 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123b20 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEMB 7 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 01100 A FRU Part Number CA20393 B54X A1 Fi MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016910 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 0B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016911 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016a14 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d017e22 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016a13 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 2B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016417 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d017617 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016b12 Type 1B Size 1 GB DC_A 0 DC_A 1 DC_A 2 DC_A 3 Status Normal Status Normal Status Normal Status Normal DC B 0 Status Normal
94. 3 When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command If c configure is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the operating system is not running an error occurs When c configure is specified hardware diagnosis is performed on the system board before it is incorporated into the domain Therefore command execution may take time To use the addboard 8 command to configure or assign a system board DCL must be set up in advance using the setdc1 8 command If the addboard 8 command is executed under the progress of power on or power off processing the busy status is returned After that processing in the domain is completed reexecute the command XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addboard 8 m See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL EXAMPLE1 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 into domain ID 0 XSCF gt addboard y c assign d 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 forcibly into domain ID 2 XSCF gt addboard f d 2 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setdomainmode 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevi
95. 50 31 JST 2005 Detail log Error status Either of the following is displayed Warning about the FRU Alarm FRU failure or error Suspected faulty unit showlogs 8 Partial degradation of the unit or warning The suspected faulty units that are displayed and delimited by a comma are the units most likely and second most likely to be faulty If there are three suspected faulty units asterisk is displayed next to the unit third most likely to be faulty Display of more than two suspected faulty units depends on whether more than two suspected faulty units are detected Error description Detailed error code The displayed code is a hexadecimal number Abbreviation for Universal Unique Identifier This is a globally unique ID that is a 32 digit hexadecimal number Unique message ID Detailed message If the log has a detailed message it is displayed Scan log code This code is displayed when the log includes a scan log Address Displayed in hexadecimal notation Event Cause System Power Off Power Failure System Power On AC Restored Domain Power On Panel Domain Power Off Operator System Administration DID Switch Service Locked 00 Locked 10 Service 327 showlogs 8 328 Date Event Cause DID Switch Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Power status One of the following states
96. 8 sets a domain mode for the specified domain The domain mode of each domain can be set The domain mode includes the following settings m OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels Diagnostics Level m Whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception Secure Mode The default of the host watchdog is enable and suppress break signal reception is enable m Whether to enable or disable the auto boot function used at domain startup Autoboot If the domain mode is set the current settings of the domain mode are listed You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m Diagnostic level fieldeng Can run this command for all domains m Secure Mode Autoboot platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 145 setdomainmode 8 OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 146 The following options are supported d domain id h m function mode Specifies the domain ID to be set domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets the domain mode and specifies its values Use function to set the domain mode One of the following can be specified diag Specifies the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level secure Specifies whether to enable or disable
97. Administration 79 ioxadm 8 80 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES man 1 man display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command man command_name ee man h man 1 displays manual pages of specified XSCF shell command No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported command_name Specifies the command name whose manual page is displayed Multiple command_name can be specified by delimited the spaces m If the relevant manual page is too long the page is divided into pages that each can fit on one screen In such cases the following key operations are available Key Description Enter Displays the next line space Displays the next page b Goes back half a page q Quits display of the page in the manual m If intro is specified for command_name a list of XSCF shell commands is displayed EXAMPLE1 Displays the manual page of the addboard 8 command XSCF gt man addboard EXAMPLE 2 Displays a list of XSCF shell commands XSCF gt man intro System Administration 81 man 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occur
98. Board XSB from the current domain to another refer to the DNS server for the host manage user passwords and expiration settings turn off the power to the specified domain turn on the power to the specified domain display FRUID data on the system and External 1 O Expansion Unit reset the XSCF replace a field replaceable unit FRU reset the specified domain reset the time subtraction between XSCF and the domain send a break signal to the specified domain set the altitude of the system configure the log archiving functionality manage the system auditing functionality set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains set the date and time of XSCF set a domain component list DCL set a domain mode forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP set dual power feed mode set up the email report configuration data set a host name and domain name for an XSCF unit start or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2006 setldap setlocale setlocator setlookup setnameserver setnetwork setntp setpasswordpolicy setpowerupdelay setprivileges setroute setshutdowndelay setsmtp setsnmp setsnmpusm setsnmpvac
99. CFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com 2 ssh rsa CSqaGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUubwFpbDCBnzANBgkqahkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBjQAwgYkCgYEA nkPnt f Tj YtyKINYFbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tZmGd3 e60n3 4A2W9EC7D9hjLsj kAP41A1 6wFwGO7 KP3H4iImXOUysj19Hyk4j LEU51sw8JavT2utTj1tV5mFPKL6bDcAgY9 efghGexample com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setssh 8 System Administration 373 showssh 8 374 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showstatus 8 showstatus display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs showstatus M showstatus h showstatus 8 command displays information about degraded units that are among the FRUs composing the system You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Displays the information concerning the units failed or degraded and the units on the next upper layer among the FRUs composing the system An asterisk indicating abnormal unit is displayed along with any of th
100. CRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO 180 m If multiple DNS servers are specified names are solved in the order specified m To reflect the DNS server name to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the reboot xsc 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The currently set DNS server can be checked by using the shownameserver 8 command EXAMPLE1 Adds the hosts with the IP addresses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 as DNS server Names are solved in the order specified XSCF gt setnameserver 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the host with the IP address 10 18 108 10 from the DNS server XSCF gt setnameserver c del 10 18 108 10 EXAMPLE3 Deletes all the DNS servers XSCF gt setnameserver c del a The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 shownameserver 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setnetwork 8 setnetwork configure a network interface using by XSCF setnetwork m addr interface address setnetwork c up down interface setnetwork h setnetwork 8 command configures a network interface using by XSCF The following settings can be made for the specified network interface m Whether to enable or disable the network interface m IP address m Net mask An IP addres
101. D ManR ManR UNIX_Timestamp32 Thu Oct 9 17 45 34 PDT 2003 ManR Fru Description ASSY A42 MOTHERBOARD ManR Manufacture Loc Toronto Ontario Canada ManR Sun Part No 5016344 ManR Sun Serial No 008778 ManR Vendor Name Celestica ManR Initial HW Dash Level 08 ManR Initial HW Rev Level 50 ManR Fru Shortname A42 MB SpecPartNo 885 0060 10 EXAMPLE3 Displaying System Board FRU ID Data XSCF gt prtfru 1 system board frutree chassis MB Label MB system board container 102 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO prtfru 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying Power Supply FRU ID Data XSCF gt prtfru 1 power supply frutree chassis PS0 Label PS0 power supply container EXAMPLE5 Displaying Memory Module FRU ID Data XSCF gt prtfru 1 mem module frutree chassis C0 Label C0 system board P0 Label P0 cpu B0 Label B0 bank D0 Label D0 mem module container The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred ioxadm 8 System Administration 103 prtfru 8 104 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES rebootxscf 8 rebootxscf reset the XSCF rebootxscf a y n rebootxscf h The rebootxsc f 8 command resets the XSCF In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration both of the active XSCF and the standby XSCF will be reset
102. DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS clockboard 8 clockboard Set or display the clock control unit used at system startup clockboard clockboard s CLKU_B number clockboard h The clockboard 8 command specifies the clock control unit used when the system power is turned on or it displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the clock control unit used at the next system startup The number 0 or 1 is used to specify or display a clock control unit When the clockboard 8 command is executed with no options the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup are displayed The clockboard 8 command is valid only for high end server You must have fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s CLKU_B number Specifies the clock control unit to be used the next time the system power is turned on Either 0 or 1 can be specified for CLKU_B number EXAMPLE1 Displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard current CLKU_B number 0 next CLKU B number 1 EXAMPLE 2 Specifies the clock control unit used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard s 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful c
103. E SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS settimezone 8 settimezone set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF settimezone c settz s timezone settimezone c settz a M settimezone c adddst b std o offset d dst p offset date time t date time settimezone c deldst b std o offset settimezone h The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF The time zone is pursuant to POSIX standard You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Lists the time zones that can be set c settz Sets the time zone which complies with POSIX standards c adddst Manually sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time c deldst Deletes the time zone and Daylight Saving Time b std Specifies the abbreviations of time zone For std specify an abbreviation of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 In case specified in combination with c adddst it will be linked with the time zone to be set When specified in combination with c delast the link with the time zone which has been set will be cancelled d dst Specifies the name of Daylight Saving Time For dst specify the alphabets of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 System Administration 231 settimezone 8
104. E 4 Starting the Agent XSCF gt setsnmp enable SP_MIB The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 215 setsnmp 8 SEE ALSO showsnmp 8 216 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmpusm 8 setsnmpusm specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration setsnmpusm create a authentication protocol p authentication_password e encyrption_password user setsnmpusm delete user setsnmpusm clone u clone user user setsnmpusm passwd c auth encrypt o old_password n new_password user setsnmpusm h setsnmpusm 8 modifies the SNMP Agent s USM configuration You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 217 setsnmpusm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported clone Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication with the identical settings as the specified clone_user u clone_user Specifies a valid user name of the user settings to be cloned user Specifies a different user name for the clone of clone_user 218 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 create delete
105. E NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING SUCH PRODUCT OR TECHNOLOGY OR THIS DOCUMENT WHICH ARE ALL PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID Unless otherwise expressly set forth in such agreement to the extent allowed by applicable law in no event shall Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc or any of their affiliates have any liability to any third party under any legal theory for any loss of revenues or profits loss of use or data or business interruptions or for any indirect special incidental or consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of such damages DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID G kn ca Adobe PostScript Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A et FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chatie Nakahara Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japon Tous droits r serv s Sun Microsystems Inc et Fujitsu
106. EXAMPLE 8 Imports the web server certificate To exit press the Enter key and then press Ctrl D XSCF gt sethttps c importca Please import a certificate BEGIN CERTIFICATE MIIDdTCCAt 6gAwIBAgIBATANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFADCBgTELMAkGA1UEBhMCamox Dj AMBgNVBAgTBXN0YXR1IMREwWDwYDVQQHEwhsb2NhbG1 0eTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3Jn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8wDOYDVOQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj EWMBOG CSqQGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUubwFpbDAeFwOwNjA1lMzAwNTIS5MTVaFw0xNjA1Mj CWNTI5 MTVaMG4xC zAJBgNVBAYTAmpqMQ4wDAYDVQQIEwVzdGF0ZTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3Jn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8wDOYDVOQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj ENMBOG CSqaGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUubwFpbDCBnzANBgkqahkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBjQAwgYkCgYEA nkPnt f TjYtyKINYFbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tZmGA3e6Jn34A2WIEC7DIhjLs j kAP41A1 6wFwGO7KP3H4iImXOUysjl9Hyk4j LBU51sw8JavT2utTj1ltV5mFPKL6 5A51Yuhf80GrR bYG1li6H1a6RPm1MSD7Z0OAGDxROeYOCAwEAAa0OCAQOwggEJMAkG A1UdEwQCMAAwLAYJYIZIAYb4QgENBB8WHU9wZW5 TUOwgR2VuZXJHdGVKIEN1cnRp ZmljYXRIMBOGA1UADgQWBBOHT1CmI7QyZa8zpt1H16EfLR EwDCBrgYDVROjBIGm MIGjgBTnQYs6j zD7wdDhk7wsFeJGVaUTt aGBh6SBhDCBgTELMAkGA1UEBhMCamox DjAMBONVBAQgTBXNOYXR1MREwDwYDVQOCHEwhsb2NhbG10eTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3gn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8wDOYDVOQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj EWMBOG CSqGSIb3 DOEJARYHZWUubWFpbI IBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFAAOBgQCqBFbo8 8Hi VVOUyW8E8111AbuA04TIrnjHI4cjHa9NuSX1w8mJsXKTVMx3WZCJpJDC f WoRMKw R OpXAVOvb2tjIn3k099dq tbegECo4mwknW1t7QI7A1BkcW2 MkOolIRa6iP1Zwqg JoPmwAbrGyAvGUtdzUoyIH0j17dRQrVIRA END CERTIFICATE Enter
107. EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 396 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges testsb 8 testsb perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB testsb a y n m diag mode location testsb a y n m diag mode c all expansion testsb v y n m diag mode location testsb v y n m diag mode c all expansion testsb h testsb 8 command performs an initial diagnosis of the specified PSB The configuration of the PSB and operation of each device mounted on the PSB are checked After the diagnostics the result is displayed The PSB must not be configured in the domain or the domain in which the PSB configured must be powered off The result also can be seen in Test and Fault displayed by showboards 8 command You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 397 testsb 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 398 The following options are supported c a11 expansion Specifies the target PSB to be diagnosed One of the values h m diag mode shown below can be specified all Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted If the following conditions not satisfied it leads to an error a The system has been pow
108. F unit EXAMPLE1 Displays the current host names for all XSCF units XSCF gt showhostname a xscf 0 scf0 hostname example com xscf 1 scfl hostname example com System Administration 311 showhostname 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the host name for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showhostname xscf 0 xscf 0 scfO hostname example com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sethostname 8 312 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showhttps 8 showhttps display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network showhttps showhttps h The showhttps 8 command displays the status of the HTTPS service currently set for the XSCF network With this command whether the HTTPS service is operating and the installation status of the information that is necessary for authentication can be checked If it is installed the installation date is also displayed The following states are displayed HTTPS Status Indicates whether the HTTPS service is operating Server key Indicates whether the private key of the web server has been installed CA key Indicates whether the private key of the certification authority has been installed CA cert Indicates whether the certificate of the certification authority has been installed CSR The certificate of the web server
109. IPTION the following values regardless of the domain mode displayed by the showdomainmode 8 command m Diagnostics Level operates as the showdomainmode 8 command display m Secure Mode off m Autoboot off m When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled m The setdomainmode 8 command sets a domain mode EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the current state of the operation mode for domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdomainmode d 0 Host ID 0fO10f10 Diagnostic Level min Secure Mode on Autoboot on EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setdomainmode 8 288 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showdomainstatus 8 showdomainstatus display the current domain component list DCL showdomainstatus d domain id showdomainstatus a showdomainstatus h The showdomainstatus 8 command displays the current status of the specified domain One of the following states is displayed for each domain Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reset state Shutdown Started The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Execution Completed The system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt
110. IS DESCRIPTION Privileges showaudit 8 showaudit display the current auditing system state showaudit showaudit all showaudit a_ users c classes e events g m p s t showaudit h showaudit 8 displays the current state of system auditing When invoked without options showaudit displays whether the writing of audit records is enabled or disabled You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 251 showaudit 8 OPTIONS 252 The following options are supported a users c classes e events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_ PLATFORM
111. Key to Invalid Directory XSCF gt snapshot t sue saturn north home sue logs bad_dir k none Enter ssh password for user sue on host saturn north Setting up ssh connection to remote host Failed to create remote file home sue logs bad_dir archive zip Verify adequate disk permissions and disk space on target host Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE7 Downloading Public Key With Connectivity Failure XSCF gt snapshot t sue saturne west home sue logs x k download Downloading Public Key from saturne west Error downloading key for host saturne west Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 System Administration 393 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE8 Downloading Public Key and Answering No to All Prompts XSCF gt snapshot v t jillGearth east home jill logs x k download n Downloading Public Key from earth east Public Key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAAT EAWVF i SQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkVGtmMkJJIzzM jYKOSBlhn6dGETiHABSZO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4 yok UPTcZONxJaYAOWO 5 8Qgxbn Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bct b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no no Public Key declined Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 9 Downloading Public Key Attempted by Unauthorized User XSCF gt snapshot t fakeuser fakehost com fakedir p fake password Downloading Public Key from fakehost com Error downoading key for host fak
112. LE 1 Setting Up Mailserver and No Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp s mailserver 10 4 1 1 s auth none EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp s auth pop s user jsmith s password EXAMPLE3 Setting Up SMTP Authentication in Interactive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism none smtp auth User Name jsmith Password Reply Address useradm company com XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setsmtp 8 EXAMPLE 4 Setting Up Mailserver With Invalid Authentication Mechanism XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism none Invalid value Valid authentication mechanism are none pop smtp auth Authentication Mechanism none Reply Address useradm company com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setemailreport 8 showsmtp 8 System Administration 209 setsmtp 8 210 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmp 8 setsnmp manage the SNMP agent setsnmp enable mib_name setsnmp disable mib_name setsnmp addtraphost t type s community string p trap port traphost setsnmp remtraphost t type traphost setsnmp addv3traphost u username r authentication protocol n en
113. LICABLE Y COMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE A L APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON Contents Preface ix Intro 1 addboard 7 addcodlicense 11 addfru 13 adduser 15 applynetwork 17 cfgdevice 21 clockboard 27 console 29 deleteboard 31 deletecodlicense 35 deletefru 37 deleteuser 39 disableuser 41 enableuser 43 exit 45 flashupdate 47 fmadm 51 fmdump 53 fmstat 61 getflashimage 65 ioxadm 69 man 81 moveboard 83 nslookup 87 password 89 poweroff 93 poweron 97 prtfru 101 rebootxscf 105 replacefru 107 reset 109 resetdateoffset 113 sendbreak 115 setaltitude 117 setarchiving 119 setaudit 123 setautologout 129 setcod 131 setdate 135 setdcl 139 setdomainmode 145 setdomparam 149 setdscp 151 setdualpowerfeed 155 setemailreport 157 sethostname 161 sethttps 163 setldap 169 setlocale 173 setlocator 175 setlookup 177 setnameserver 179 setnetwork 181 setntp 187 setpasswordpolicy 191 vi XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 setpowerupdelay 195 setprivileges 197 setroute 201 setshutdowndelay 205 setsmtp 207 setsnmp 211 setsnmpusm 217 setsnmpvacm 221 setssh 225 settelnet 229 settimezone 231 setupfru 239 setupplatform 241 showaltitude 245 showarchiving 247 showaudit 251 showautologout 255 showboards 257 showcod 261 showcodlicense 263 showcodusage 265 showconsolepath 271 showdate 273 showdcl 275 showdevices 281 showdomainm
114. Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showdomainmode 8 showdomainmode display the domain mode showdomainmode d domain_id showdomainmode h showdomainmode 8 command displays the domain mode that is set for the specified domain The following states are displayed HOST ID Host ID Diagnostic Level Displays the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level One of the following is displayed none None min Standard max Maximum Secure Mode Displays the states of the host watchdog function and function that suppresses break signal reception Break signal One of the following is displayed on Enabled off Disabled Autoboot Displays the state of the auto boot function used at domain startup One of the following is displayed on Enabled off Disabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following operands are supported d domain_id Specifies the domain ID of the domain to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 287 showdomainmode 8 EXTENDED m If the Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service the settings have DESCR
115. OD RTU license for the domain COD CPU could not be obtained and it is not in use Unused The COD CPU is not in use Users with platform administrator privileges can view both resource and domain usage summaries Users with domain administrator privileges can view only the domain usage summaries for which they have privileges and a report of unused licenses EXAMPLE1 Displaying COD Usage by Resource XSCF gt showcodusage p resource Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status EXAMPLE2 Displaying COD Usage by Domain XSCF gt showcodusage p domains Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved 0 PROC 4 4 0 1 PROC 4 4 0 2 PROC 4 4 0 3 PROC 4 4 0 4 PROC 0 0 0 Unused PROC 0 0 12 System Administration 267 showcodusage 8 EXAMPLE3 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M8000 Server With CMU00 Quad XSB CMU02 Uni XSB XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status PROC 0 8 0 OK 0 available Headroom 2 Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status 0 PROC 0 8 0 00 0 PROC 0 1 CMUOO CPUO Unused 00 1 PROC 0 us CMU00 CPU1 Unused 00 2 PROC 0 1 CMU00 CPU2 Unused 00 3 PROC 0 1 CMU00 CPU3 Unused 02 0 PROC 0 4 CMUO2 CPUO Unused CMU02 CPU1 Unused CMUO2 CPU2 Unused CMU02 CPU3 Unused 1 PROC 0 0 0 2 PROC 0 0 0 3 PROC 0 0 0 4 PROC 0 0 0 5 PROC 0 0 0 6 PROC 0 0 0 7 PROC 0 0 0 8 PROC 0 0 0 9 PROC 0 0 0 10 PROC 0 0 0 11 P
116. PSIS DESCRIPTION cfgdevice 8 cfgdevice connect the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive cfgdevice q y n c attach p port no cfgdevice q y n c detach p port_no cfgdevice 1 M cfgdevice h The cfgdevice 8 connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit hereafter collectively called the DVD drive tape drive unit to the specified port disconnects it from the domain or displays the current status of the DVD drive tape drive unit To connect the DVD drive tape drive unit the port number which is a PCI slot number on the I O unit which installed IOU Onboard Device Card A IOUA needs to specify Executing the cfgdevice 8 command the DVD drive tape drive unit is connected to specified port by the built in switching unit System Administration 21 cfgdevice 8 22 Privileges The current status of the drive that is displayed with this command includes the following types of status information port_no IOU SAS status SAS status Port number of the port where the IOUA is installed and that can be connected to the DVD drive tape drive unit It is displayed in the JOU number PCI slot number format Connection status between IOUA and built in switching unit It is changed by specifying attach or detach m enable disable Setting status of the cfgdeive 8 command enable Connected with
117. ROC 0 0 0 12 PROC 0 0 0 13 PROC 0 0 0 14 PROC 0 0 0 15 PROC 0 0 0 Unused PROC 0 0 2 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M5000 Server XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource In Use Installed Licensed Status PROC 0 4 0 OK 0 available Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status 0 PROC 0 0 0 1 PROC 0 0 0 2 PROC 0 0 0 3 PROC 0 0 0 Unused PROC 0 4 0 00 0 PROC 0 4 CPUMOO CPUO Unused CPUMOO CPU1 Unused CPUMO1 CPUO Unused CPUMO1 CPU1 Unused 268 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showcodusage 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addcodlicense 8 deletecodlicense 8 showcodlicense 8 System Administration 269 showcodusage 8 270 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showconsolepath 8 showconsolepath displays information on the domain console that is currently connected showconsolepath a showconsolepath d domain id showconsolepath h The showconsolepath 8 command displays information on the domain console that is currently connected The following information can be displayed User User account of the XSCF connected to the domain console DID Domain ID ro rw Domain console type ro Read only console rw Writable console escape Escape mark specified for the console Date Date connected
118. SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI User s Guide available on the website Preface xv Abbreviated References to Other Documents In this manual the following abbreviated titles may be used when referring to a systems manual The following table lists the abbreviations used in this manual Abbreviated Title Overview Guide Service Manual Installation Guide Administration Guide XSCF User s Guide Dynamic Reconfiguration User s Guide Full Title SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Overview Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration DR User s Guide xvi XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Models The model names used in this manual are as follows Server class Model name Midrange SPARC Enterprise M4000 SPARC Enterprise M5000 High end SPARC Enterprise M8000 SPARC Enterprise M9000 Prompt Notations The following prompt notations are used in the manual Shell Prompt Notations XSCF XSCF gt C shell machine
119. STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 310 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showhostname 8 showhostname display the current host name for the XSCF unit showhostname a xscfu showhostname h showhostname 8 command displays the current host name for the XSCF unit The host name is displayed in Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN format You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the current host names for all XSCF units If an XSCF unit name is specified with the a option the XSCF unit name is ignored h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported xscfu Specifies the XSCF unit name to be displayed One of the following values can be specified If xscfu is specified with the a option xscfu is ignored xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used m Incase the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration a defect occurred on standby XSCF unit shows a message m The sethostname 8 command sets a host name for an XSC
120. Sep 06 16 08 16 3755 41379237 9750 4fa6 bce3 b5131a864a34 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 29 14 49 27 8452 O455ceaa e226 424a 9b34 27603ca603f1 FMD 8000 58 Sep 29 15 02 00 3039 fb550ebc 80e9 41c8 8afc ac680b9eb613 FMD 8000 58 Sep 29 15 09 25 4335 8cec9a83 e2a3 4dc3 a7cd de0lcaef5c63 FMD 8000 4M Sep 29 15 10 09 6151 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed FMD 8000 58 EXAMPLE2 Display in Verbose Mode XSCF gt fmdump v TIME UUID MSG ID Nov 30 20 44 55 1283 9f773e33 e46f 466c be86 fa3fcc449935 FMD 8000 0W 100 defect sunos fmd nosub EXAMPLE3 Display Very Verbose Event Detail for the Last UUID XSCF fmdump e V u 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7 c59479d22ed TIME CLASS Sep 29 2005 15 10 09 565220864 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp nvlist version 0 detector embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 scheme hc version 0 hc root he list_sz 0x1 he list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 nvlist version 0 scheme hc he name iox h id 0 end hc list 0 end detector IOXserial no 123456 class ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp ena 0x921b650000000001 System Administration 57 fmdump 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying the Full Fault Report for the Specified UUID XSCF fmdump V u 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed TIME UUID MSG ID Sep 29 15 10 09 6151 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed FMD 8000 58 TIME CLASS ENA Sep 29 15 10 09 5652 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp 0x921b650000000001 nvlist version 0
121. TC 2006 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setdate 8 settimezone 8 showtimezone 8 274 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdcl 8 showdcl display the current domain component list DCL showdcl v a showdcl v d domain_id 1 Isb showdcl h The showdc1 8 command displays the DCL that has been set by the setdc1 8 command The DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by an operating system in a domain Up to 16 LSBs can be registered for each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one division of a divided physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination of a PSB number and the number of one division of the divided PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The showdc1 8 command can display the following information that is part of a domain component list DID Domain ID System Administration 275 showdcl 8 276 LSB XSB Status LSB number The displayed number is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB number corresponding to the LSB The displayed number has the f
122. The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires VValid values are integers with value of 1 or greater k difok Sets the minimum number of new characters characters which were not present in the old password that a new password must contain The initial setting is 10 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater System Administration 191 setpasswordpolicy 8 192 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember Sets the maximum credit for lower case letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to Icredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The intial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the minimum size for a new password Note minlen cannot be set less than 6 Valid values are integers with value of 6 or greater Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a password The minimum acceptable password
123. Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE 2 Configuring Base Distinguished Name XSCF gt setldap B ou people dc company dc com XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE3 Setting the LDAP Timeout XSCF gt setldap T 60 XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None 170 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setldap 8 EXAMPLE 4 Setting the LDAP Server XSCF gt setldap s ldap company com 1daps company2 com XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 CERTS None EXAMPLE5 Importing a Certificate XSCF gt setldap c user remote machine path to cacert pem XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 CERTS cacert pem EXAMPLE6 Testing the LDAP connection XSCF gt setldap t jsmith company com 389 PASSED EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred
124. U 1500 Metric 1 Base address 0xe000 EXAMPLE6 Displays the current settings of XSCF network XSCF gt shownetwork i Active Internet connections without servers Proto Recv Q Send Q Local Address Foreign Address State tcp 0 0 xx xx xx xx telnet xxXxx 1617 ESTABLISHED EXAMPLE7 Displays the information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the high end 344 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 shownetwork 8 server XSCF gt shownetwork a xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 111 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 12241827 11 3 MiB TX bytes 1189769 0 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 57 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 00 00 00 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropp
125. V44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctr1 D System Administration 227 setssh 8 228 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE9 Registers the user public key by specifying the user name Finish the input of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctr1 D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey u efgh Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAATEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7 zFCUCVNy jaZPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDp SNHNKoVLMYLj tBmUMPbGgGVB61aqskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctr1 D EXAMPLE 10 Specifies the public key number to delete the user public key XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey s 1 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATEAZFh95 SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jaZzPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBtt1I4151YOSv85FJwDp SNHNKoVLMYLj tBmUMPbGgGVB61askSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91iCD5U wRFGSRRxFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com EXAMPLE 11 Deletes all user public keys XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey a The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 showssh 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS settelnet 8 settelnet start or stop the Telnet service used in the XSCF network settel
126. Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password history The maximum valid value is 10 The initial setting is 3 System Administration 193 setpasswordpolicy 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO 194 u ucredit Sets the maximum credit for uppercase letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to ucredit digits The initial setting is 1 w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 7 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater y retry Sets the number of retries permitted when using the password command to change the password for a user account The initial value is 3 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater EXAMPLE1 Setting the Minimum Size and Number of Passwords Remembered XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 12 r 5 EXAMPLE 2 Setting Minimum Password Length and Maximum Credits XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 10 d 1 u 0 1 0 o 1 After running this command the minimum password length for new passwords is 10 characters A password of 9 characters is accepted if it contains at least one digit or nonalphanumeric character A password of 8 characters is accepted if it contains a digit and
127. XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type A1 Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Case where the S option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Detail log SCAN MINOR RC 2K 0000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 0010 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Code Error code Data is displayed in 16 byte format Occurred Date Month Day Hour Minute Second TimeZone Year when an error occurred This date is displayed as the local time XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 Status FRU Msg Diagnostic Code UUID MSG ID Diagnostic Messages m Power log Date Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17
128. You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The sethttps 8 command make settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF network System Administration 313 showhttps 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the status of the HTTPS service XSCF gt showhttps HTTPS status enabled Server key installed in Apr 24 12 34 56 JST 2006 CA key installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 CA cert installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 Sas BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST MIIBwj CCASSCAQAwgYEXxC zAJBgNVBAYTAmpqMQ4wDAYDVQQIEwVzdGF 0ZTERMA8G A1UEBxMIbG9j YWxpdHkxFTATBgNVBAOTDG9yZ2FuaxphdGlvbj EPMAOGA1UECXMG b3JnYW5pMO8wDQYDVQQDEwZjb21tb24xFjAUBgkahkiG9w0BCQEWB2V1Lm1hawww gZ8wDOYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBOADgYOAMIGJAOGBAJ5D57X k42LcipTWBWzv2GrxaVvM 5GEyx3 bdBWw8 7WZhnd3uiZ9 AN1vRAuw YYy7I pAD NQJesBcBjuyj9x IiJ19F MrI5 fR8pOIywVOdbMPCarO9rruU45bvezhTyi uQOdWLoX Dhaq0fm2BpYuh9WukT5 PTEg 2dABg8 UdHmNAgMBAAGgADANBgkqahkiG9w0BAQQFAAOBgQAux1jH3dyB6Xho PgBuVIakDzIKEPipK9qQfC57YI43uRBGRUbu0AHEcLVue5yTu6G5 SXHTCqO7tV5g 38UHSg5Kay9QuwWHwMri hxm0OkQ4gBpAp jNb6F B ngBE3j thGbEuvJb Owbycvu 5jrhB ZV9k8X MbDOxSx U5nF Zuyw et END CERTIFICATE REQUEST EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred
129. _acpt wait svc_t w b open solve memsz bufsz case close 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 fmd self diagnosis 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 27b sysevent transport 0 0 0 0 573 2 0 0 0 0 0 syslog msgs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97b EXAMPLE2 Displaying FM Statistics for fmd Self Diagnosis Module XSCF gt fmstat z m fmd self diagnosis NAME VALUE DESCRIPTION module 1 error events received from fmd modules The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred fmadm 8 fmdump 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 oooso NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS getflashimage 8 getflashimage download a firmware image file getflashimage v q y n u user p proxy t proxy_type url getflashimage 1 getflashimage a y n d getflashimage h The getflashimage 8 command downloads a firmware image file for use by the flashupdate 8 command If any previous image files of the firmware are present on the XSCF unit they are deleted prior to downloading the new version After successful download the image file is checked for integrity and the MD5 checksum is displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d Deletes all previous firmware image files still on the XSCF unit then exits h Displays usage statement When used with other op
130. account This account is used to configure operate manage and administrate the XSCF firmware Initially this account has no password It cannot be used for login until either the password is set using password 8 or Secure Shell SSH public key authentication is set for the user The new account will be locked but not disabled The system can support up to 100 local users with an average length of 10 characters for the user operand When invoked without the u option adduser automatically assigns a UID for the user account When invoked with the u option adduser assigns the given UID to the user account Automatic UIDs are assigned starting from 100 If the Service Processor is configured to use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP for user account data the user name and UID if specified must not already be in use either locally or in LDAP When a user is created adduser 8 command stores the current password policy values in a file for the user For more information on setting password policy see setpasswordpolicy 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u UID Creates a new user with the given user identifier UID Specifying a UID is optional If specified the UID must be greater than or equal to 100 and 65534 and 65535 are
131. ader 37 1 login telnet san ff2 36 0 West Sun COM 2007 05 15 00 27 29 382 07 00 subject 1085 root escalation telnet 62134 recon West Sun COM header 37 1 login telnet san ff2 36 0 West Sun COM 2007 05 15 00 29 05 313 07 00 subject 1086 root escalation telnet 33231 recon West Sun COM header 37 1 login telnet san ff2 36 0 West Sun COM 2007 05 15 00 42 04 800 07 00 subject 1087 root escalation telnet 38058 recon West Sun COM 70 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setaudit 8 showaudit 8 System Administration 415 viewaudit 8 416 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS who 1 who display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF who who h who 1 displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF The following information is displayed m XSCF user account name m Terminal used m Idle time m Login time m Remote host name No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF XSCF who USER TEY IDLE FROM HOST scf pts 0 00 00m Dec 21 13 57 JJJJ Q9g fujitsu com The following exit values
132. alue for sensors is specified then only those types of sensors are displayed These options may be used concurrently If target is in the form of a host path only the downlink card information is displayed See EXAMPLE 2 The results are listed in tabular format Each FRU sensor is listed in the first column In the next column is the sensor name such as T_AMBIENT for ambient temperature or V_12V_OV for the voltage reading of the 12V rail The third fourth and fifth columns display the sensor reading Value sensor resolution Res and Units respectively See EXAMPLE 1 Each FRU can have a variety of different sensors When specifying multiple values for sensors use spaces to separate the values Possible values for sensors can be seen in the Sensor column of EXAMPLE 1 Units are given in Celsius degrees Volts Amperes SWITCH and RPM The sensors names are FRU dependent and may change from FRU type to FRU type and even among individual FRUs If the v option is set verbose output is displayed In addition to the regular output the output also includes the maximum and minimum values supported by the sensors Max and Min along with the low and high warning thresholds Min Alarmand Max Alarm LED indicators do not support these fields cont d XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 ioxadm 8 Fields containing a dash indicate an unsupported setting For example there may be no minimum temperature ala
133. amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument 12 00 00AM on the specified month day and year ddMonyy hh mm ss Day month name year hour in 24 hour format minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument Mon dd hh mm ss Month day hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current year Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument System Administration 55 fmdump 8 56 Time Format yyyy mm dd T hh mm ss ddMonyy hh mm ss hh mm Tns Tnsec Tus Tusec Tms Tmsec Ts Tsec Tm Tmin Th Thour Td Tday Description Year month day and optional hour in 24 hour format minute and second where T is an integer value specified in base 10 The second or hour minute and second can be optionally omitted 12 00 00AM on the specified day month name and year Hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current day Hour in 24 hour format and minute of the current day T nanoseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T microseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T milliseconds ago where T is a
134. an error occurs Alphanumeric character and hyphens can be used However a host name must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character xscfu Specifies the name of the XSCF unit to be set The following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If no value is specified an error occurs xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used System Administration 161 sethostname 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 162 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m To reflect the host name and the DNS domain name to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m To enable the set host name and DNS domain name execute the applynetwork 8 command and reset the XSCF m The currently set host name and DNS domain name of the XSCF unit can be checked by using the shownetwork 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the host name scf0 hostname for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt sethostname xscf 0 scf0 hostname EXAMPLE 2 Sets the DNS domain name example com for XSCF unit XSCF gt sethostname d example com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 rebootxscf 8 showhostname 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges sethttps 8 sethttps star
135. and wait time before system startup can be checked by using the showpowerupdelay 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the warm up time to 10 minutes XSCF gt setpowerupdelay c warmup s 10 EXAMPLE 2 Sets the wait time before system startup to 20 minutes XSCF gt setpowerupdelay c wait s 20 System Administration 195 setpowerupdelay 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 196 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setprivileges 8 setprivileges assign user privileges setprivileges user privileges domainprivilege domains setprivileges h setprivileges 8 assigns privileges to an XSCF user setprivileges modifies only local privileges data Multiple privileges are separated by one or more spaces There is a maximum of 100 users to whom privileges can be assigned A list of privileges can be found in the OPERANDS section The privileges domainop domainmgr and domainadm must be assigned to a specific domain Other privileges do not have this ability Refer to the OPERANDS section and EXAMPLE 1 for details If no privileges are specified setprivileges deletes any local privilege data for the specified user Subsequently the user s privilege data is looked up in Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP if LDAP privilege lookup is enabled If
136. ansion Units ioxadm f p v env e 1 t target sensors ioxadm p v M list target ioxadm f p v M locator on off target ioxadm p v M poweroff target ioxadm f p v M poweron target ioxadm f p v M reset target ioxadm f p v M setled on offlslow fast target led type ioxadm h ioxadm 8 manages External I O Expansion Units and link cards attached to the system For this utility an operand with parameters and a target device must both be specified The target device can be a downlink card mounted in a built in PCI slot in the host system an External I O Expansion Unit or a field replaceable unit FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The downlink card is identified by a string which identifies the host path to the card An uplink card is a FRU in the I O boat You must have one of the following privileges to run these commands Required Privileges Operands platop env list platadm env list locator poweroff poweron fieldeng All operands Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported af Forces command execution by ignoring warnings h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 69 ioxadm 8 70 OPERANDS M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the
137. artition This can be used to free space for new audit records if the local audit trail becomes full For more information on the secondary partition refer to the administration guide for your server disable Turns off the writing of audit records to the audit trail and notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit trail enable Turns on the writing of audit records to the audit trail EXAMPLE1 Changing Classes Using Names XSCF gt setaudit c LOGIN AUDIT disable c ACS_READ enable Auditing for LOGIN and AUDIT classes has been disabled Auditing for READ class is enabled EXAMPLE2 Changing Classes Using Numbers XSCF gt setaudit c 8 16 disable c l enable Auditing for classes 8 LOGIN and 16 AUDIT has been disabled Auditing for class 1 SYSTEM is enabled EXAMPLE3 Changing Classes and Enabling an Event XSCF gt setaudit c l enable e 64 disable XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setaudit 8 Auditing is enabled for all of Class 1 SYSTEM except for event 64 USER is disabled EXAMPLE4 Enabling Auditing XSCF gt setaudit enable Turns on writing of the audit records for the audit trail EXAMPLE5 Enabling Warnings XSCF gt setaudit t 50 75 Warnings will be sent at 50 capacity and 75 capacity The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showaudit 8 System Administration 127 setaudit 8
138. assigned to the domain configuration of the move destination when the domain power of the move source is turned off or rebooted The XSB is subsequently incorporated when the domain power of the move destination is turned on or rebooted You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Note You must have the domainadm privileges for both of source domain and destination domain to run moveboard 8 command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 83 moveboard 8 84 OPTIONS The following options are supported c assign c configure C reserve d domain id Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the domain configuration of the move destination lf the c option is omitted c configure is used Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it in the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Reserves disconnection of an XSB from its current domain configuration and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Specifies the ID of the destination domain in which an XSB is to be moved domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configurat
139. atform states but not perform any modifications useradm Can create delete disable or enable user accounts Can change a user s password and password properties for example expiry Can modify a user s privileges user Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE1 Setting Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith platadm domainadm 1 4 6 9 EXAMPLE2 Removing All Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith none The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 showuser 8 System Administration 199 setprivileges 8 200 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setroute 8 setroute set routing information for an XSCF network interface setroute c add del n address m address g address interface setroute h setroute 8 command sets routing information for an XSCF network interface Up to eight routing information items can be registered for each network interface Any attempt to register more than eight items causes an error You must have platadm privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c add del g address Specifies a function for routing information One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs add Adds routin
140. atically numbered by system and the user public key are displayed Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To display the user public key of other user account useradm m To display the information other than above useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c hostkey Displays a host public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified c pubkey Displays the user public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified System Administration 371 showssh 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 372 EXAMPLES h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command u user name Specify the user account name to display the user public key Should be specified with c pubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account will be displayed m You can specify the automatically numbered user public key number to delete the user public key by setssh 8 command m The setssh 8 command makes settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of host public keys XSCF gt showssh SSH status
141. atus MBU_B Status Normal K CPUM 1 CHIP 1 Status Deconfigured ai XBU B 0 Status Degraded The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showtelnet 8 showtelnet display the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network showtelnet showtelnet h showtelnet 8 command displays the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network One of the following states is displayed enable The Telnet service is enabled disable The Telnet service is disabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The settelnet 8 command makes settings for the Telnet service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network XSCF gt showtelnet Telnet status enabled The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred settelnet 8 System Administration 377 showtelnet 8 378 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showtimezone 8 s
142. atus Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000087 FRU Part Number CA00629 D061 AO pSu 0 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB10 RU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 wer_Status Off AC 200 V tus Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB18 RU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power Status 0Off AC 200 V PSU 2 Status Normal Serial 00OOOOO DELTAB19 RU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power Status 0Off AC 200 V PSU 3 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECBO9 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 PSU 1 Sta Power Status Off AC 200 V FANBP C Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000053 FRU Part Number CA06629 D0O51 001AA FAN A 0 Status Normal FAN A 1 Status Normal FAN A 2 Status Normal FAN A 3 Status Normal EXAMPLE2 Displays the number of installed FRUs in SPARC Enterprise M9000 XSCF gt showhardconf u SPARC Enterprise M9000 Memory_Size 432 GB FRU Quantity CMU 9 CPUM 36 Freq 2 277 GHz 30 Freq 2 376 GHz 6 MEM 224 Type 1B Size 1 GB 16 Type 2B Size 2 GB 208 IOU 9 IOBOX 1 IOB 2 PSU 2 XSCFU_B 2 XSCFU_C 2 XBU_B 16 CLKU_B 4 OPNL PSU 30 System Administration 309 showhardconf 8 FANBP_A 2 FANBP_B 2 FAN_A 32 SWBP 2 MEDBP 2 EXIT
143. aylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It doesn t count the leap year day n Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 You cannot specify the years of validity for time zone and Daylight Saving Time In case the Daylight Saving Time is changed each year you need to set anew by using the settimezone 8 command The addition of the offset time to the standard time which has been set by the settimezone 8 command comes to GMT The current time zone settings can be checked by using the showtimezone 8 To reflect the Daylight Saving Time information which modified by c adddst or c deldst option log out and then log in again Sets Asia Tok
144. cO FUJITSU SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers XSCF Reference Manual XSCF Control Package XCP 105x C120 E333 04EN LD FUJITSU SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual XSCF Control Package XCP 105x Copyright 2007 Sun Microsystems Inc 4150 Network Circle Santa Clara California 95054 U S A and FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan All rights reserved Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited each own or control intellectual property rights relating to products and technology described in this document and such products technology and this document are protected by copyright laws patents and other intellectual property laws and international treaties The intellectual property rights of Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited in such products technology and this document include without limitation one or more of the United States patents listed at http www sun com patents and one or more additional patents or patent applications in the United States or other countries This document and the product and technology to which it pertains are distributed under licenses restricting their use copying distribution and decompilation No part of such product or technology or of this document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Fujitsu Limited and Sun Micr
145. cated for the archives limit Archive space used The amount of space currently consumed by the archives Total archiving A counter of failed archiving operations failures Unresolved A counter of failed archiving operations which the failures Service Processor will continue to retry If the e option is specified showarchiving displays the details of the last ten archiving errors that occurred XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showarchiving 8 EXAMPLE1 Viewing Status and Configuration Data XSCF gt showarchiving Archiving Configuration Archiving state Disabled Archive host Not configured Archive directory Not configured User name for ssh login Not configured Archive host fingerprint Server authentication disabled Connection to Archive Host Latest communication None Connection status None AUDIT LOGS OTHER LOGS Archive space limit Unlimited 2000 MB Archive space used Not monitored Not monitored Total archiving failures 0 0 Unresolved failures 0 0 EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Archiving Error Information XSCF gt showarchiving e No archiving errors have occurred The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setarchiving 8 System Administration 249 showarchiving 8 250 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPS
146. ce Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdcl 8 setdcl set a domain component list DCL setdcl d domain_id s policy value setdcl d domain id s option value lsb Isb setdcl d domain_id a Isb xsb Isb xsb setdcl d domain id r lsb Isb setdcl h The setdc1 8 command sets a domain component list DCL A DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by an operating system in a domain Up to 16 boards can be registered in each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An extended system board XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one partition of a partitioned physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination of a PSB number and the number of one partition of the partitioned PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The setdc1 8 command associates an XSB with an LSB that can be recognized by an operating system in the domain and its settings enable the operating system in the domain to use hardware resources on the associated XSB The setdc1 8 command can set the following types of DCL information For the domain m Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware policy For the LSB
147. ces 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 testsb 8 System Administration 9 addboard 8 10 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 addcodlicense add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database addcodlicense license signature addcodlicense h addcodlicense 8 adds the COD RTU specified license key to the COD license database on the Service Processor When the license key is added the quantity of headroom is reduced by the quantity provided by the license key The quantity of headroom cannot be lower than 0 Note Before you run this command you must obtain a COD license key To obtain a license key contact your sales representative For details on COD RTU license keys refer to the COD documentation for your server You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported license signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be added to the COD license database EXAMPLE1 Adding a COD RTU License Key XSCF gt addcodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxXXHEXHXEXX The following exit values are returned
148. d p Displays all privileges assigned to the user This is valid for local and remote users u Displays user ID UID This is valid for local and remote users The following operands are supported user Name of an existing user account Cannot be used with the 1 option System Administration 385 showuser 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays Password and Account Validity Information XSCF gt showuser a User Name jsmith Status Enabled Minimum 0 Maximum 99999 Warning Mi Inactive 1 Last Change Aug 22 2005 Password Expires Never Password Inactive Never Account Expires Never EXAMPLE2 Displays Privileges Information XSCF gt showuser p User Name jsmith Privileges domainadm 1 3 6 8 9 platadm EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO adduser 8 deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setprivileges 8 386 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION snapshot 8 snapshot collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data snapshot d device r e P password L F 1I R 1 v al y n S time LE time snapshot t user host directory e P password k host key 1 L F I R p password v a y n S time LE time snapshot T D directory e P password k host key L1 L F I R v a y n S time
149. d console 8 showconsolepath 8 System Administration 115 sendbreak 8 116 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setaltitude 8 setaltitude set the altitude of the system setaltitude s key value setaltitude h The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the system The specified value becomes valid when the circuit breakers of the system are switched on again You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h s key value Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The item to be set is specified by key The following value can be specified altitude Sets the altitude of the system Specifies the altitude of the system in value in units of meters m An integer equal to or greater than 0 can be specified and the specified value is rounded off to the nearest hundred meters The value may be rounded up to the nearest hundred meters The default value is 0 meters m If the altitude of the system is set any abnormality in the intake air temperature can be detected quickly If the altitude of the system is unknown set a high value However even if no altitude is set for the system any abnormality in temperatures such as the CPU temperature can st
150. d for part user Creates a new local XSCF user account with platadm platop and useradm privileges network Configures the XSCF network DSCP Domain Name Service NTP SSH https and SMTP v Specifies verbose output The available interfaces on the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 server are xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 lan 0 lan 1 The available interfaces on the SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 servers are the same but they also include the xscf 0 if xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 1 and xscf 1 if In user setup a new local user account can be created with a user supplied password In network setup the following items can be optionally configured m XSCF Network Settings m Internal DSCP Network a Domain Name Service System Administration 241 setupplatform 8 Network Time Protocol un SSH a HTTPS Server m Email reports EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Creating a New User XSCF gt setplatform p user Do you want to set up an account y n y Username myadminuser User id in range 100 to 65533 or leave blank to let the system choose one Username myadminuser User id Are these settings correct y n y XSCF adduser myadminuser XSCF setprivileges myadminuser useradm platadm platop XSCF password myadminuser New XSCF password not echoed Retype new XSCF password not echoed EXAMPLE 2 Configuring the XSCF Network XSCF gt setupplatform Do you want to set up an account y n n Do you want to set up the XSCF network
151. d is disconnected by deleteboard command If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used Displays information on all I O devices including those that are not management targets As information on the I O devices that are not management targets however only physical configurations are displayed and resources and use states are not displayed The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number for which information is to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted ki where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 System Administration 283 showdevices 8 284 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of the physical devices configured on the XSB 00 0 and their available resources XSCF gt showdevices 00 0 CPU DID XSB id state speed ecache 00 00 0 40 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 41 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 42 on line 2048 4 00 00 0 43 on line 2048 4 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 00 00 0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 2048 03 0 250 1500 00 00 1 2048 0 0x0000038000000000 2048 0 0 00 00 2 2048 0 0x0000034000000000 2048 0 0 00 00 3 2048 0 0x0000030000000000 2048 0 0 00 01 0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 2048 1024 0 00 02 0 2048 0 0x0000028000000000 2048 0 0 IO Devices DID XSB device resource usage 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 dump device swap 00 00 0 sd3
152. d s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setshutdowndelay 8 System Administration 361 showshutdowndelay 8 362 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsmtp 8 showsmtp display the SMTP configuration information showsmtp showsmtp v showsmtp h showsmtp 8 displays the SMTP configuration When used without options it displays current SMTP configuration data You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output SMTP information includes the Mail Server and Reply addresses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SMTP configuration XSCF gt showsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism smtp auth User Name jsmith Password t te eee Reply Address adm customer com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsmtp 8 System Administration 363 showsmtp 8 364 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showsnmp 8 showsnmp display the configuration in
153. d successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a2 System Administration 67 getflashimage 8 68 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE4 Downloading Using a User Name and Password XSCF gt getflashimage u jsmith http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Password not echoed OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a3 EXAMPLE 5 Downloading From a USB Memory Stick XSCF getflashimage file media usb msd images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Mounted USB device OMB received 1MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827 Kbytes in 109 secs 430 094 Kbytes sec Checking file MD5 e619e6dd367c888507427e58cdb8e0a4 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred flashupdate 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS ioxadm 8 ioxadm manage External I O Exp
154. dit record generation for the classes is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy 124 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 setaudit 8 e events enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specification are processed together with an c options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 3 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the events is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy g enable disable Sets the global user audit record generation policy When set to disable no audit record which can be attributed to any user account is generated These settings can be overridden on an individual user basis using the a option h Displays usage statement W
155. dr Remote Cabinet Interface RCT address If RCI is supported the RCI address is displayed as an eight digit hexadecimal number Code Detailed event information The displayed information is in hexadecimal format m TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORD Date Temperature Humidity Power Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 20 System Power On Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 25 System Power Off System Administration 329 showlogs 8 Date Temperature Humidity Power Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Intake air temperature Decimal numbers are displayed to two decimal places The unit is degree Celsius C Humidity The displayed numbers are percentages However nothing is displayed for the midrange server Power state of the main unit Either of the following states is displayed System Power ON The main unit power is on System Power OFF The main unit power is off m Monitoring message log Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 monitor message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 monitor message Each line of display has a date and time paired with a monitoring message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m Console message log DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 console message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 console message First line Doma
156. e use the sethostname 8 command To specify an IP address and net mask use the setnetwork 8 command To specify routing use the setroute 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network On a midrange server XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf 0 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route Continue y n y XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 applynetwork 8 On a high end server The case of high end server XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 xscf 1 hostname hostname 1 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf 0 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf O lan 1 status down IP address netmask route interface xscf 0 if status down IP address 10 24 100 1 netmask route interface lan 0 status down IP address netmask route interface xscf 1 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 215 netmask 72557255325570 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 1 lan 1 sta
157. e 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setshutdowndelay 8 setshutdowndelay set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS setshutdowndelay s time setshutdowndelay h The setshutdowndelay 8 command sets the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The start of system shutdown can be delayed until the specified time When power recovery is reported from the UPS within the specified time shutdown will not occur If the setshutdowndelay 8 command is executed with no options the wait time currently set is displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the wait time before the start of shutdown in units of seconds Specify an integer number ranging from 0 to 9999 for time The default value is 10 seconds The currently set wait time can be displayed by using the showshutdowndelay 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets 600 seconds as the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt setshutdowndelay s 600 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showsh
158. e domain has been reset m If the reset 8 command is executed under either of the following conditions processing is stopped before the operating system is started m The Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service mode m The Auto boot function has been disabled by the setdomainmode 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Causes a panic in domain ID 0 XSCF gt reset d 0 panic DomainID to panic 00 Continue y nl l y 00 Panicked Note This command only issues the instruction to reset The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 2 Resets the CPU in domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset y d 0 xir DomainID to reset 00 Continue y n l y 00 Reset Note This command only issues the instruction to reset The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE3 Resets domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset q y d 0 por 110 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO reset 8 EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the reset command execution that is in progress XSCF gt reset d 0 panic DomainID to panic 00 Continue y n n The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred poweroff 8 poweron 8 setdomainmode 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 111 reset 8 112 XSCF Reference Manual
159. e following logs can be specified For Field Replaceable Unit FRU m Error log sometimes includes scan log m Power log m Event log m Temperature and humidity record m Monitoring message log For domain m Console message log m Panic message log m IPL message log You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m Error log Event log Temperature and humidity record and Monitor message log platadm platop fieldeng m Power log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr fieldeng m Scan log fieldeng m Console message log Panic message log and IPL message log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 321 showlogs 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain id p timestamp Specifies the number of a domain to be displayed This option can be specified for domain specific log domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Specifies a timestamp in a log when one log is to be displayed This option can be specified for an error log or event log timestamp is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second fo
160. e following the Status Status Description Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured Asa result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway EXAMPLE1 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU module and memory module ina CPU memory unit are degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus CMU 0 x CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Faulted MEM 00A Status Faulted System Administration 375 showstatus 8 376 EXIT STATUS EXAMPLE 2 Displays the degraded units In this example a memory module on a mem ory board is degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B MEMB 0 MEM 0A Status Faulted EXAMPLE3 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory unit and memory module on a motherboard unit are degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B Status Normal MEMB 1 Status Deconfigured MEM 3B Status Deconfigured EXAMPLE 4 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory unit is de graded because a crossbar unit is degraded XSCF gt showst
161. e of each resource When used without options it displays the current usage You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all resources and domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command for available resources only for those domains that you can access Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command p domain Displays the license usage for each domain The statistics reported include the number of COD RTU licenses used by the domain resources assigned to the domain and COD RTU licenses reserved for the domain p resource Displays license usage by resource type p all Displays all COD usage information v Specifies verbose output Displays all available COD usage information including COD RTU license use for both the system and its domains System Administration 265 showcodusage 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 266 The showcodusage p resource command displays the following COD usage information for the system Resource In Use Installed License Status Identifies the type of COD resources available processors Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the system Specifies
162. e specified range of a power log XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 T Mar3017 492005 Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked EXAMPLE7 Displays the specified range of a power log The log is displayed in the or der of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 T Mar3017 492005 r Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked EXAMPLE8 Displays the specified date of a power log Data with this date or later in the log is displayed XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On AC Restored Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Panel 00 Locked Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Operator 00 Service EXAMPLE9 Displays a console message log of the domain ID 0 XSCF gt showlogs console d 00 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Executing last command boot Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 Boot device pci 83 4000 FJSV ulsa 2 1 disk 0 0 a File and args Mar 30 17 55 32 JST 2005 SunOS Release 5 10 Version Generic 64 bit System Administration 333 showlogs 8 Note The codes or messages shown here may differ from those actually displayed EXIT STATUS The following exit value
163. e system startup The following settings are displayed warmup time Warm up time wait time Wait time before system startup You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and a wait time before system startup EXAMPLE1 Displays the warm up time of the system and wait time before system star tup XSCF gt showpowerupdelay warmup time 10 minute s wait time 20 minute s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setpowerupdelay 8 System Administration 353 showpowerupdelay 8 354 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showresult 8 showresult display the exit status of the most recently executed command showresult showresult h showresult 8 command displays the exit status of the most recently executed showresult 8 is convenient for a remote control program to confirm whether the most recently executed command is successfully completed No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage stat
164. e true restore checkpoints for module fmd ckptsave true save checkpoints for module fmd ckpttime 0d total checkpoint time fmd ckptzero false zeroed checkpoint at startup fmd debugdrop 4 dropped debug messages fmd dequeued 1 total events dequeued by module fmd dispatched 1 total events dispatched to module fmd dlastupdate 1144424838299131us hrtime of last event dequeue completion fmd dropped 0 total events dropped on queue overflow fmd dtime 0d total processing time after dequeue fmd loadtime 1144424251692484us hrtime at which module was loaded fmd memlimit 10M limit on total memory allocated fmd memtotal 97b total memory allocated by module fmd prdequeued 0 protocol events dequeued by module fmd snaptime 1144424838299148us hrtime of last statistics snapshot fmd thrlimit 8 limit on number of auxiliary threads fmd thrtotal 0 total number of auxiliary threads fmd went 0 count of events waiting on queue fmd wlastupdate 114442483829913lus hrtime of last wait queue update fmd wlentime 30us total wait length time product fmd wtime 30us total wait time on queue fmd xprtlimit 256 limit on number of open transports fmd xprtopen 0 total number of open transports fmd xprtqlimit 256 limit on transport event queue length log_err 0 failed to log message to log 7D msg_err 0 failed to log message to sysmsg 7D no_msg 0 message logging suppressed System Administration 63 fmstat 8 64 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO XSCF gt fmstat module ev_recv ev
165. e zone Displays the Daylight Saving Time information Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showtimezone 8 The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone of the XSCEF EXAMPLE1 Displays the time zone XSCF gt showtimezone c tz Asia Tokyo EXAMPLE 2 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbrevia tion of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time pe riod is from the last Sunday of March 2 00 to the last Sunday of October 2 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 0 EXAMPLE3 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbrevia tion of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time pe riod is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 to the first Sunday of September 0 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst JST 9JDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE4 When no Daylight Saving Time is set XSCF gt showtimezone c dst The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdate 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 System Administration 383 showtimezone 8 384 XSCF Reference Manual
166. ecified address or the XSCF host from the NTP servers If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 187 setntp 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 188 EXAMPLES The following operands are supported address Specifies the IP address or host name of an NTP server to be added or deleted Up to three IP addresses or XSCF host names can be specified by delimited the spaces A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer Do not use the Fully Qualified Domain Name FODN format to specify an XSCF host name but specify only a host name The host name can be specified in the format that complies with RFC 1034 If c add is specified and address is omitted an error occurs If multiple NTP servers are specified the NTP server specified first has priority over the others In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error When you perform this command with c add and c del option to apply the specified configuration execute the rebootxscf 8 command and reset XSCF After resetting the XSCF the
167. ects events that occurred at or before the specified time time can be specified using any of the time formats described for the t option Used with t you can specify a range XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 u uuid fmdump 8 Selects fault diagnosis events that exactly match the specified uuid Each diagnosis is associated with a Universal Unique Identifier UUID for identification purposes The u option can be combined with other options such as v to show all of the details associated with a particular diagnosis If the e option and u option are specified at the same time fmdump displays the relevant error events Displays verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show additional common members of the selected events Displays very verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show every member of the name value pair list associated with each event In addition for fault logs the event display includes a list of cross references to the corresponding errors that were associated with the diagnosis The following are the Time Formats Time Format Description mm dd yy hh mm ss Month day year hour in 24 hour format minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument mm dd yy hh mm Month day year hour in 24 hour format and mm dd yy minute Any
168. ed 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 0 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 1 lan 0 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 59 inet addr 192 168 10 12 Mask 255 255 255 0 xscf 1 lan 1 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 60 xscf 1 if HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 61 XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 setnetwork 8 System Administration 345 shownetwork 8 346 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 shownotice 8 NAME shownotice display copyright and license information for the eXtended System Control Facility XSCF Control Package XCP SYNOPSIS shownotice c copyright license shownotice h DESCRIPTION The shownotice 8 command displays by page the copyright and if available license files for the XCP When used without an option shownotice displays copyright information and any available license information You can display only the copyright or the license file by specifying the c option Privileges No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported c copyright license Specifies for display by page either the copyright file or the license file for the XCP copyright Specifies for display only the copyright f
169. een saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 03 25 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2b03ab60 96db 439d al3a 2 420a1b73c7 DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion All records in the log file were examined successfully gt 0 An error occurred fmadm 8 fmstat 8 System Administration 59 fmdump 8 60 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmstat 8 fmstat report fault management module statistics fmstat a s z m module interval count fmstat h The fmstat utility can be used by administrators and service personnel to report statistics associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon and its associated set of modules The Fault Manager run
170. ehost com Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 10 Downloading to External Media Device XSCF gt snapshot d usb0 r Testing writability of USB device SUCCESS About to remove all files from device usb0 Continue y n y Collecting data into media usb msd jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 04 17T22 41 51 21p Data collection complete EXAMPLE 11 Limiting Data Collection for Certain Logs to a Date Range XSCF gt snapshot d usb0 S 2007 01 01 01 00 00 E 2007 01 31 _14 00 00 Testing writability of USB device SUCCESS Collecting data into media usb msd jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 04 17T722 41 51 zip Data collection complete EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setarchiving 8 showarchiving 8 showlogs 8 394 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES switchscf 8 switchscf switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states switchscf t Active Standby f switchscf h The switchscf 8 command switches the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to between the active and standby states If the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the switchscf 8 command can be executed When the active XSCF unit currently logged in to is switched from active to standby or vice versa the state of the standby XSCF unit is als
171. elimiter The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after Isb xsb can be repeated multiple times by using a space character as a delimiter If the same pair of an LSB number and XSB number is duplicated an error occurs Also if an XSB number has already been set for the specified lsb an error occurs If the specified xsb has already been set for another LSB the existing setting is canceled and the specified xsb is set for the specified lsb Specifies the domain ID to be set An integer ranging from 0 to 23 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 s option value setdcl 8 Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the specified domain Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB associated with an LSB An item to be set is specified for option and a value corresponding to option is specified for value option and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign to delimit the specified values The space character must not moun be inserted immediately before and after One of the following can be specified for option policy Degradation range applicable for a detected error during an initial diagnosis of hardware no mem Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain no io Whet
172. ell commands and the brief description of them in the alphabetical order x XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Each XSCF shell command is described in the order of sections below When there s no relevant description provided the section itself is omitted Section Description NAME This section gives the names of the XSCF shell commands followed by a brief description of what they do SYNOPSIS This section gives the syntax of commands The use of font style complies with the following rule bold Enters the command name or the constants as displayed Italic Substitutes the variables and so forth with the appropriate values when the command executed The use of symbols such as parenthesis complies with the following rule Brackets The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in these brackets can be omitted Those not enclosed can t be omitted Braces The OPTIONS or OPERANDS enclosed in these braces are treated as a unit Separator You should specify one of the OPTIONS or OPERANDS delimited with this symbol Ellipsis You can specify multiple OPTIONS or OPERANDS just before DESCRIPTION This section gives the detailed description such as the command function It describes the behavior after the command executed and the content to be displayed It doesn t describe how to specify the OPTIONS or OPERANDS Privileges This section gives the privileges required for command execution In case that what can be exec
173. em board pool can be incorporated into or assigned to other domain configurations reserve Does not immediately disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but only reserves detachment When the domain power is shut down the reserved XSB is disconnected from the domain configuration and put in the system board pool You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 31 deleteboard 8 32 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following options are supported c disconnect Detaches the XSB from the domain configuration and keeps it c reset c unassign assigned If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Reserves disconnect of an XSB If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Disconnects the XSB completely from the domain configuration and puts it in the system board pool If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Note If the f option is used to forcibly add a system board to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the option must be specified verify the status of every added system board and device Displays usage s
174. ement EXAMPLE 1 display the exit status of setupfru 8 XSCF gt setupfru x 1 sb 0 XSCF gt showresult 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 355 showresult 8 356 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showroute 8 showroute display routing information for an XSCF network interface showroute M n a interface showroute h showroute 8 command displays the current routing information for an XSCF network interface Routing information for the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed Destination Destination IP address Gateway Gateway address Netmask Netmask address Flags Flag which indicates the status of specified routing U route is up H target is host G use gateway R reinstate route for dynamic routing C cache entry reject route Interface XSCF network interface name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays routing information that is set for all XSCF network interfaces System Administration 357 showroute 8 h Displays usage statement When used with other o
175. ement de quelque type que ce soit de la part de Fujitsu Limited ou de Sun Microsystems Inc ou des soci t s affili es Ce document et le produit et les technologies qu il d crit peuvent inclure des droits de propri t intellectuelle de parties tierces prot g s par copyright et ou c d s sous licence par des fournisseurs Fujitsu Limited et ou Sun Microsystems Inc y compris des logiciels et des technologies relatives aux polices de caract res Par limites du GPL ou du LGPL une copie du code source r gi par le GPL ou LGPL comme applicable est sur demande vers la fin utilsateur disponible veuillez contacter Fujitsu Limted ou Sun Microsystems Inc Cette distribution peut comprendre des composants d velopp s par des tierces parties Des parties de ce produit pourront tre d riv es des syst mes Berkeley BSD licenci s par l Universit de Californie UNIX est une marque d pos e aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays et licenci e exclusivement par X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems le logo Sun Java Netra Solaris Sun Ray Answerbook2 docs sun com OpenBoot et Sun Fire sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es de Sun Microsystems Inc aux Etats Unis et dans d autres pays Fujitsu et le logo Fujitsu sont des marques d pos es de Fujitsu Limited Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilis es sous licence et sont des marques de fabrique ou des marques d pos es de SPARC International Inc aux E
176. en specified with the setautologout 8 command a time of 10 minutes is set by default You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell XSCF gt showautologout 30min EXAMPLE 2 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell the time is default XSCF gt showautologout 10min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setautologout 8 System Administration 255 showautologout 8 256 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showboards 8 showboards display information on an extended system board XSB showboards v a c sp showboards v d domain_id c sp showboards v xsb showboards h The showboards 8 command displays information on XSBs This command displays information on XSBs currently configured in or assigned to a domain and information on all mounted XSBs If a domain is specified the command displays only information defined with the corresponding domain component list DCL The following types of information are displayed XSB XSB number The format of the displayed number is as follows XY x An i
177. enabled RSA key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATEAtOIG3wfpOnGr51znS9XtzwHcBBb UUVOLNO8SilUXE6j avlxdY7AFqBf 1IwGxLF Tx5pTa6HuZ808yUBbDZVJAAAAFQCfKPxarV 5qzK4A43Qaigkau 6QAAATBM LQ122G8pwibESrh5JmOhSxpLz13P26ksI8qPr 7BxmjLROk Fingerprint 1024 e4 35 6a 45 b4 f7 e8 ce b0 b9 82 80 2e 73 33 c4 etc ssh ssh host rsa key pub DSA key ssh dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAUSy4GxD7Tk4 xFvyW1DONUDqZQPY3 PuY2IG7QC4BQ1kewDnb1B8 JEqI 8pnfbWzmOWU3 7KHL19OEYNAV6v WZT6RELU5 Pyb8F1 6uq9 6L8QDMswF1LICMZgrnt ilJd NStr6r8 KDJ fw0QMmKOeeDFj2mL40NOvaLQ83 rRwW6Ny yF1Rgv6PUpUgRLw4VeRb uOfmPRpe 6 kb4z 1Ohtp WI9bay6CKOnrFRok z54ez7BrDFBOVUNZx9PyEFezJGI9ziEYVUag 23LIAiLxxBmW9paqa WxC21Ja4RQ VN3009kmVwAAATAON1LR IJdA7yyG18 Ue7eBBJHrCAOpkSzvf zzFFj5XUzQBdabh5p5Rwz 1vriawFI ZI9j2uhM 3HQdrvYSVBEdMjaasF9hB6T uFwP8yqtuf6Y9GdjBAhWuH8F13pX4BtvK9TeldqaqCscnOuu0 e2rlUoI6GICMr64FLOYYBSwfbwLIz6PSA yKQe23dwfksSfcwOZNqa 5pThGPi3tob5Qev2KCK20yEDMCA OvV1MhqHuPNpX hE1 9nPdBFGzQ Fingerprint 1024 9e 39 8e cb 8a 99 ff b4 45 12 04 2d 39 d3 28 15 etc ssh ssh_host_dsa_key pub XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showssh 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the user public key of the current login user account XSCF gt showssh c pubkey Public key 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jazPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBtt1I4151YOSv85FJwDp SNHNKoVLMYLj tBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJp
178. ensor reading Value sensor resolution Res and Units respectively See EXAMPLE 1 Each FRU can have a variety of different sensors When specifying multiple values for sensors use spaces to separate the values Possible values for sensors can be seen in the Sensor column of EXAMPLE 1 Units are given in Celsius degrees Volts Amperes SWITCH and RPM The sensors names are FRU dependent and may change from FRU type to FRU type and even among individual FRUs If the v option is set verbose output is displayed In addition to the regular output the output also includes the maximum and minimum values supported by the sensors Max and Min along with the low and high warning thresholds Min Alarmand Max Alarm LED indicators do not support these fields cont d System Administration 71 ioxadm 8 72 Displays a summary of an External I O Expansion Unit or link card s environmental state E e Displays electrical states measured voltage current fan speed switch settings a l Displays LED states a t Displays thermal readings If no target is specified env displays a list of all sensors for all External I O Expansion Units If target specifies a box_id env displays a list of sensor readings for all frus in the specified External I O Expansion Unit and the attached downlink cards If target is in the form of box_id followed by fru then only environmentals from that FRU will be printed If an optional v
179. ents is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 4 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Selects records of the indicated audit session identifier If you become interested in activity reflected in a particular audit record you might wish to view all the audit records for that session An audit id is not persistent and can be reassigned across reboots of the Service Processor audit ids is a comma separated list of audit session identifiers The audit id is the number following the label subject in an audit file For example in the following listing the audit id is 1 shown in boldface for emphasis subject 1 bob normal telnet 45880 jupiter Prints one line per record Uses del as the field delimiter instead of the default delimiter which is the comma If del has special meaning for the shell it must be quoted The maximum size of a delimiter is three characters The delimiter is not meaningful and is not used with the x option Specifies that UIDs and IP addresses should not be converted to user names or host names Select records according to the indicated privilege results privilege results is a comma separated list privilege results are granted de
180. er to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported C xcp Displays the XCP version c cmu Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware c xscf Displays the version of XSCF firmware h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs t Displays information of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF This option is used together with c xcp v Displays detailed information Specifying this option with c xscf displays the same information as the usual information EXAMPLE 1 Displays the XCP version XSCF version c xcp XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1020 XCP1 Reserve 1020 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1020 XCP1 Reserve 1020 System Administration 405 version 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the details of the XCP version XSCF gt version c xcp v XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF 01 01 0001 XCP1 Reserve 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 OpenBoot PROM BACKUP 0 01 01 0001 1 01 02 0001 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF 01 01 0001 XCP1 Reserve 1020 OpenBoot PROM 01 01 0001 SCF 01 01 0001 OpenBoot PROM BACKUP 0 01 01 0001 1 01 02 0001 EXAMPLE3 Displays the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt version c xcp t XCP 1020 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the details of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt
181. erated an update confirmation prompt about the existing key is displayed The user public key can be registered on each user account Per user account multiple user public keys can be registered Per user account the user public keys can be registered up to 1 023 characters including the linefeed Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To start or stop the SSH service and to generate the host public key platadm m To register or delete the user public key of other user account useradm m To register or delete the user public key of the current login user account useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all registered user public keys Should be specified with c delpubkey c addpubkey Registers the user public key c delpubkey Deletes the user public key System Administration 225 setssh 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 226 C C u y Th enableldisable Specifies whether to enable the SSH service One of the following values can be specified enable Starts the SSH2 service disable Stops the SSH2 service genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all pro
182. ered off m All of the target PSB are Uni XSB expansion Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted on the expansion cabinet If the following conditions not satisfied it leads to an error a All of the target PSB are not operating on the domain m All of the target PSB are Uni XSB Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the diagnostic level of initial diagnosis One of the values shown below can be specified min Normal default max Maximum Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message of initial diagnosis Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported location Specifies only one PSB number An integer from 00 15 can be specified m When the system board XSB eXtended System Board belonging to the specified PSB is in any status below the testsb 8 command results in an error m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in operation m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in OpenBoot PROM ok gt prompt status XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 testsb 8 m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is power ON status power OFF status or reset status m The addboard 8 deleteboard 8 or moveboard 8 command is executed for XSB m Incase an XSB which belongs to the specified PSB is i
183. ered on cannot specify h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 149 setdomparam 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 150 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS The following operands are supported use nvramrc Sets false for theuse nvramrc environment variable security mode Sets none to the security mode environment variable set defaults Restores the OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE1 Sets false for the use nvramrc OpenBoot PROM environment vari able of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdomrarm d 0 use nvramrc DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 01 OpenBoot PROM variable use nvram will be set to false Continue y n y EXAMPLE 2 Sets none for the security mode OpenBoot PROM environment vari able of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdomrarm d 0 security mode DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 01 OpenBoot PROM variable security mode will be set to none Continue y n y EXAMPLE 3 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain
184. erfeed 8 command is valid in a midrange server only In a high end server when the power cabinet for dual power feed connected it automatically configures the dual power feed mode Any change made in dual power feed mode becomes valid when circuit breaker to the system is turned on Before rebooting the system a message that dual power feed mode was changed is displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s key Sets dual power feed mode in the system Either of the following can be specified for key enable Enables the dual power feed mode disable Disables dual power feed mode The state of the current dual power feed mode can be checked by using the showdualpower feed 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Disables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the sys tem a message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s disable enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on System Administration 155 setdualpowerfeed 8 EXAMPLE2 Enables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the system a message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s enable disable gt enable NOTE Dual power feed will be enabled the next time the platform is powered on
185. ermine if a statistical threshold measured as N events in some time T has been exceeded The s option can only be used in combination with the m option Omits statistics with a zero value from the report associated with the specified fault management module The z option can only be used in combination with the m option XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 OPERANDS EXAMPLES fmstat 8 The following operands are supported count Print only count reports and then exit interval Print a new report every interval seconds If neither count nor interval is specified a single report is printed and fmstat exits If an interval is specified but no count is specified fmstat prints reports every interval seconds indefinitely until the command is interrupted by Control C EXAMPLE1 Displaying FM Statistics for the Syslog Module XSCF gt fmstat a m syslog msgs NAME VALUE DESCRIPTION bad_code 0 event code has no dictionary name bad_fmri 0 event fmri is missing or invalid bad_time 0 event time is not properly encoded bad_vers 0 event version is missing or invalid fmd accepted 0 total events accepted by module fmd buflimit 10M limit on total buffer space fmd buftotal 0 total buffer space used by module fmd caseclosed 0 total cases closed by module fmd caseopen 0 cases currently open by module fmd casesolved 0 total cases solved by module fmd ckptcnt 0 number of checkpoints taken fmd ckptrestor
186. errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE3 Displays the information for ISN on the XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 if xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Beast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 System Administration 343 shownetwork 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF Unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 11 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 14541827 13 8 MiB TX bytes 1459769 1 3 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE5 Displays the information for the takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 XSCF gt shownetwork lan 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 1 10 Bcast 192 168 1 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MT
187. es classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_ PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events Selects records that occurred on a specific day a 24 hour period beginning at 00 00 00 of the day specified and ending at 23 59 59 The day specified is in local time in the following format yyyymmddhhmmss year month day hour minute second The time portion of the argument if supplied is ignored Any records with timestamps during that day are selected If any hours minutes or seconds are given they are ignored D cannot be used with A or B Selects the last record matching the selection criteria to display XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 e events i audit ids m del p privilege results r return values S start record viewaudit 8 Selects records of the indicated events ev
188. eserved for domain 8 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 12 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setcod 8 262 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showcodlicense 8 showcodlicense display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database showcodlicense r v showcodlicense h showcodlicense 8 displays COD license information stored in the COD license database When used without options it displays the current licenses You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs r Displays the license information in the raw license signature format as stored in the COD license database v Specifies verbose output Displays both the formatted license information and raw license signature data The showcodlicense command displays the following COD information Description Type
189. et of four integer values delimited by the period It is specified in the format shown below If this option is omitted it is automatically set by XSCF The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If 0 0 0 0 is specified for address the default routing information can be set 202 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 setroute 8 OPERANDS The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface to be set with routing information One of the following values can be specified m For midrange server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 m For high end server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 EXTENDED m If the specified address is the same as the DSCP address an error occurs DESCRIPTION a For XSCF LAN 0 and XSCF LAN 1 do not set the routing to the same network or the same host m To reflect the routing information to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the reboot xscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The showroute 8 command can display the current routing information that is set for the XSCF netw
190. eversed System Administration 323 showlogs 8 324 T time Specifies the end date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t and T options are not reversed The T option cannot be used for the monitoring message log Displays a log in detail Details of Diagnostic Codes UUID and MSG ID which are used by the fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 commands are also displayed in addition to the items normally displayed This option cannot be specified together with the s or V option This option can be specified for an error log or event log Displays a log in greater detail If detailed log information on machine administration and OBP console log information have already been collected they are also displayed in addition to t
191. following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 O for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It doesn t count the leap year day n Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 233 settimezone 8 234 o offset Specifies the offset of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT You can specify offset in the following format GmT hh mm ss GMT 1 hh mm ss Greenwich mean time n Specifies to set the
192. formation and current status of the SNMP agent showsnmp showsnmp h showsnmp 8 displays the configuration and information and current status of the SNMP agent This includes agent status port system location contact and description traphosts SNMP version and any enabled MIB modules You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System That Has Not Been Set Up XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Location Unknown System Contact Unknown System Description Unknown Trap Hosts None SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules None EXAMPLE 2 Displaying SNMP Information for a Disabled System Set Up With SNMPv3 Trap Host XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Location SanDiego System Contact bob jupiter west System Description FF1 Trap Hosts Hostname Port Type Community String Username Auth Protocol host1 162 v3 n a jsmith SHA SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules None System Administration 365 showsnmp 8 366 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE3 Displaying SNMP Information for a Enabled System Set Up With SNMPv1 v2c Trap Host XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Enabled Agent Port 161 System Location SanDiego System Contact jsmith jupiter west System Descri
193. fru 8 86 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS nslookup 8 nslookup refer to the DNS server for the host nslookup hostname nslookup h nslookup 8 refers to the DNS server for the host The following information is displayed Server DNS server name Address IP address of DNS server Name Specified host name Address IP address of the host name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported hostname Specifies the host name to be referred A Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN or a short form of the name can be specified EXAMPLE1 Displays the host whose host name is sc 0 hostname0 XSCF gt nslookup scf0O hostname0 Server server example com Address XxX XX XxX Xxx Name scf0 hostname0 example com Address xx xx xXxX XxX The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 87 nslookup 8 88 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges password 8 password manage u
194. g information del Deletes routing information Specifies a gateway address used for routing The specified value of address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period If this option is omitted the gateway address is not set The following address form is accepted XXX XXXXXKX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer System Administration 201 setroute 8 h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m address Specifies the netmask to which routing information is forwarded The specified value is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If the m option is omitted and the n option is used to specify the network address containing 0 in the default host address which depends on the class the following net mask value is set according to the class of the network address class Mask value A 255 0 0 0 B 255 255 0 0 C 255 255 255 0 If the m option is omitted and the host address specified by the n option net mask is not set If 0 0 0 0 specified by the n option net mask is invalid If specified with the c del option this option can t be omitted n address Specifies an IP address to which routing information is forwarded The specified value is a s
195. ges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showpasswordpolicy 8 showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings showpasswordpolicy showpasswordpolicy h showpasswordpolicy 8 displays the password policy settings These include default password expiration settings for new accounts pam cracklib parameters and the number of passwords to keep in password history for each user You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying Password Policy Settings XSCF gt showpasswordpolicy Mindays 0 Maxdays 99999 Warn 7 Inactive 1 Expiry 0 Retry 3 Difok 1 Minlen 9 Deredit 1 Ucredit 1 Leredit 1 Ocredit 1 Remember 3 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 351 showpasswordpolicy 8 352 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 showpowerupdelay display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup showpowerupdelay showpowerupdelay h The showpowerupdelay 8 command displays the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time befor
196. ges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocale 8 showlocale display the current setting for the XSCF locale showlocale showlocale h The showlocale 8 command displays the current setting for the XSCF locale Either of the following is displayed English ja_JP UTF 8 Japanese You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setlocale 8 command sets a locale for the XSCF EXAMPLE1 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when English is set XSCF gt showlocale C EXAMPLE2 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when Japanese is set XSCF gt showocale ja_JP UTF 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlocale 8 System Administration 317 showlocale 8 318 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocator 8 showlocator display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel showlocator showlocator h showlocator 8 command displays the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The one of the following state is di
197. gine idi i a authentication password e encryption password p trap port traphost setsnmp remv3traphost u username traphost setsnmp enablevlv2c read only community string setsnmp disablevlv2c setsnmp 1 system location c system contact d system description p agent port setsnmp h setsnmp 8 enables or disables the SNMP Agent as well as configures the SNMP agent settings You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c system contact Specifies the system contact information for the agent d system description Specifies the system description for the agent h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 system location Specifies the system location for the agent p agent port Specifies the listening port for the agent The default is LoL s community string Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead System Administration 211 setsnmp 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported addtraphost Enables the SNMP agent to send the chosen type of trap to the desired host If no trap port is provided the default is 162 A community string is mandatory addtraphost takes the following options and operand
198. gured in the domain configuration the information that is set for the LSB cannot be changed Before making such a change unassign the XSB from the domain configuration by executing the deleteboard 8 command or re configure it in another domain configuration by executing the moveboard 8 command m If the specified domain is running the value of policy cannot be changed To change the value first turn off power to the domain m The currently set DCL information can be checked by using the showdc1 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets XSB 00 0 for LSB 00 and XSB 00 1 for LSB 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 a 00 00 0 01 00 1 EXAMPLE2 Sets no mem true for LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s no mem true 00 01 EXAMPLE3 Sets policy system for domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s policy system System Administration 143 setdcl 8 EXAMPLE 4 Clear the XSBs associated with LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 r 00 01 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 144 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setdomainmode 8 setdomainmode set a domain mode setdomainmode a y n d domain id m function mode setdomainmode h setdomainmode
199. he information displayed by the v option This option cannot be specified together with the S or the v option This option can be specified for an error log XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showlogs 8 The following operands are supported error power event env monitor console panic ipl Displays the error log sometimes includes scan log Displays the power log Displays the event log Displays the temperature and humidity record Displays the monitoring message log Displays the console message log Displays the panic message log Displays the IPL message log Logs are displayed in the following formats Error log Default Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type A1 Case where the v option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type A1 Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 System Administration 325 showlogs 8 Case where the V option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXX
200. he message are displayed To stop the real time display press the Ctrl C key combination You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays the contents of a monitoring message in real time XSCF gt showmonitorlog Apr 13 12 32 16 XXXXX Alarm CMU 1 CMU 0 DDC 0 ANALYZE SC IOU I F fatal error 0x00000000 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 337 showmonitorlog 8 338 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO shownameserver 8 shownameserver display the registered domain name system DNS servers specified on the XSCF network shownameserver shownameserver h shownameserver 8 command displays the registered DNS servers in the XSCF network You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setnameserver 8 command sets the DNS servers used in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the DNS servers currently se
201. he same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 97 poweron 8 EXAMPLES 98 m When the poweron 8 command is executed power on results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powering on The power was turned on normally Not Powering An error occurred and the power could not be turned on An on error message is displayed with Not Powering on m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the system power is on EXAMPLE1 Turns on power to all domains XSCF gt poweron a DomainIDs to power on 00 01 02 03 Continue y nl l y 00 Powering on 01 Powering on 02 Powering on 03 Powering on Note This command only issues the instruction to power on The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power a EXAMPLE 2 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweron d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n l y 00 Powering on Note This command only issues the instruction to power on The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power
202. hen used with other options or operands an error occurs m mailaddr Sets the mail address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usage reaches a threshold see option t Email addresses must be a valid email address of the form user company com Specifying none for mailaddr turns off email notification p suspend count Sets the policy to follow when the audit trail becomes full The following are valid values suspend All processes which try to write to audit records will be suspended until either space becomes available and records can be written or the policy is changed to count count New audit records are dropped and a count is kept of how many records are dropped System Administration 125 setaudit 8 126 OPERANDS EXAMPLES t percents Sets thresholds at which to issue a warning about local audit storage usage percents is a comma separated list of percentages of available space used At most two values may be set For example a value of 50 75 would cause warnings to be issued when 50 and 75 respectively of the available storage for audit records is consumed The default value is 80 Warnings are issued as a message to the console and optionally to an administrator using email See m mailaddr The following operands are supported archive Notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit trail delete Delete the portion of the local audit trail in the secondary p
203. her the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is immediately switched from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress the command results in an error m When the XSB is disconnected the hardware resource on the XSB is disconnected from the operating system For this reason command execution may take time m The state in which an XSB has been assigned means that configuring the XSB in the specified domain has been reserved The reserved XSB is configured when the domain is rebooted or the addboard 8 command is executed An already assigned XSB cannot be specified for configuring or assignment from other domains m An XSB in the system board pool means that the XSB belongs to no domain and is therefore available for configuring or assignment EXAMPLE1 Puts the system board XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 in the system board pool XSCF gt deleteboard c unassign 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Reserves disconnection of XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 XSCF gt deleteboard c reserve 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8
204. her to omit the use of I O devices on a domain float Whether to set a priority for the board as a floating board relative to other boards If policy is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value fru Degrades the target part for an error detected by a diagnosis xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error detected by a diagnosis system Degrades the target system for an error detected by a diagnosis If no mem is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of memory on a domain false Does not omit the use of memory on a domain default System Administration 141 setdcl 8 r Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the specified domain s option value Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB associated with an LSB An item to be set is specified for option and a value corresponding to option is specified for value option and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign to delimit the specified values The space character must not moun be inserted immediately before and after One of the following can be specified for option policy Degradation range applicable for a detected error during an initial diagnosis of hardware no mem Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain no io Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain float Whether to set a priority for the board
205. her update can be performed can be checked beforehand m Update of the entire firmware XSCF OpenBoot PROM xcp You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c check Checks whether the specified firmware can be updated c update Updates the specified firmware In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration updates the firmware of both XSCF units c sync Synchronizes the firmware versions of the XSCF units when the XSCF units are duplicated configuration This option is used when replacing an XSCF unit h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m xcp Specifies the entire firmware as a target n Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 47 fla 48 shupdate 8 q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s version Specifies a XCP comprehensive firmware version For version specify a major version minor version and micro version continuously The XCP version number appears as xyyz by four digits where x Major firmware release number yy Minor release number Z Micro release number y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to ca
206. host Must start with Ox and should consist of even hecidecimal characters or you will get an error p trap port ID of the trap port Default value is 162 r authentication protocol Sets the authentication protocol traphost Host name of the trap host u username Specifies a valid user name System Administration 213 setsnmp 8 disable When used alone stops the SNMP agent When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name stops the SNMP agent When used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib_name removes support for the targeted MIB module If support remains for another MIB module the SNMP agent remains enabled If support for both MIB modules is removed the SNMP agent is disabled and therefore stops You can specify only one value at a time for mib_name mib_name Name of the MIB module to be disabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB OPL SP MIB FM_MIB SUN FM MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list disableviv2c Disables the SNMP agent from communicating using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication enable When used alone activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib_name adds support for the targeted MIB module and if necessary activates the SNMP agent Yo
207. howtimezone display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings showtimezone c tz showtimezone c dst showtimezone h The showtimezone 8 command displays the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings It is displayed in the following format std offset dst offset2 from date time to date time std Abbreviations of time zone offset Offset time of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT moun Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed in plus in case the offset is minus dst Name of Daylight Saving Time System Administration 379 showtimezone 8 380 offset2 from date time Offset time of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed moun in plus in case the offset is minus The starting time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays from date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 come
208. ht Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup setlookup a locallldap setlookup p locallldap setlookup h setlookup 8 sets whether authentication and privileges data are looked up in LDAP or not You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Sets the authentication lookup Used with one of the required operands ldap or local h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets privileges lookup Used with one of the required operands ldap or local The following operands are supported ldap Used with the a and p options When set to ldap authentication or privileges are first looked up locally and then in LDAP if not found locally local Used with the a and p options When set to local authentication or privileges are looked up only locally EXAMPLE1 Enabling LDAP Lookup of Privilege Data XSCF gt setlookup p ldap The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred showlookup 8 System Administration 177 setlookup 8 178 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS setnameserver 8 setnameserver set the domain name system DNS servers used in the XSCF network setnameserver c add address
209. ied domain to which the DVD drive tape drive unit is to be connected port no can be specified in the IOU number PCI slot number format The p option cannot be omitted Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command If connection or disconnection is made when the power supply of the system is ON settings are made immediately after cfgdevice 8 command execution When the power supply of the system is OFF connection or disconnection is reserved and settings are made after the power supply is turned on The DVD tape connection is maintained even if the domain configuration is changed or a CPU memory unit CMU or I O unit IOU is replaced with a connected DVD drive tape drive unit The DVD tape connection is maintained even if the domain power is turned off or the system is rebooted System Administration 23 cfgdevice 8 m The DVD drive tape drive unit is mounted in each of the base and expansion cabinets in a high end server that has the expansion cabinet In such cases each DVD drive tape drive unit can be connected only to a domain within the cabinet in which the drive is mounted Settings for connection must be made for both the base cabinet and expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice
210. ieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXAMPLE 1 Unlocks the maintenance lock status XSCF gt unlockmaintenance This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n System Administration 403 unlockmaintenance 8 EXAMPLE 2 Unlocks the maintenance lock status Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance y This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n y EXAMPLE3 Unlocks the maintenance lock status Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance q
211. ilable y n n Unknown Normal n EXAMPLE 3 Displays information on XSB 00 0 XSCF gt showboards 00 0 XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 15 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal EXAMPLE4 Displays detailed information on XSB 00 0 XSCF gt showboards v 00 0 XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD 00 0 15 00 Assigned y n n Passed Normal y EXAMPLE5 Displays system boards located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards a c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 00 3 SP Available y n n Passed Normal EXAMPLE6 Displays the system boards that are defined for domain ID 0 and located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards d 0 c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 addcodlicense 8 deleteboard 8 deletecodlicense 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 260 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showcod 8 showcod display Capacity on Demand COD configuration information showcod v d domain_id showcod h showcod 8 displays the COD i
212. ile license Specifies for display only the license file if a license file is available for your platform If the license file for your platform is not available for the shownotice command the license argument is not supported Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Display Only Copyright Information XSCF gt shownotice c copyright Copyright text displays EXAMPLE 2 Display Copyright and License Information XSCF gt shownotice Copyright text displays License text displays if available System Administration 347 shownotice 8 348 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showntp 8 showntp display the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network showntp 1 a address showntp h The showntp 8 command displays the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network Besides being capable of displaying the NTP servers that are set the command can be used to confirm the following information m Whether synchronization with an NTP server is being maintained m Whether the NTP service has been started You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are su
213. ill be detected so the system would not be damaged by a fatal error m When the showaltitude 8 command is executed the current settings are displayed EXAMPLE 1 Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 1000 1000m System Administration 117 setaltitude 8 118 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 2 Sets the altitude of the system to 200 m The specified value is rounded up to the nearest hundred meters XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 157 200m The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showaltitude 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setarchiving 8 setarchiving configure the log archiving functionality setarchiving k host key 1 audit limit non audit limit p password r t user host directory v y n setarchiving enable disable setarchiving h setarchiving 8 manages the log archiving configuration Persistent storage space on the Service Processor is limited Some logs may grow to the point where old log entries must be overwritten or deleted Log archiving allows the user to set up the Service Processor to automatically archive its log data on a remote host Note You must set up the archive host correctly prior to enabling the log archiving feature See EXAMPLE 1 If you attempt to enable archiving while the configuration is in
214. ime E end record e events i audit ids L1 m del n p privilege results r return values S start record u users x viewaudit h viewaudit 8 displays audit records When invoked without options viewaudit displays all current local audit records When invoked with options viewaudit displays only the selected records By default records are displayed in text format one token per line with a comma as the field separator The output can be modified using the C E 1 m del n S or x option You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported A date time Selects records that occurred at or after date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are m Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss where m yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value a mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 mu hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 m ss seconds 00 59 The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss System Administration 409 viewaudit 8 B date time Selects records that occurred before date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are either absolute or offset m Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss
215. in the operating system Status of an initial diagnosis on an XSB Unmount The XSB cannot be recognized because it is not mounted or because it has an error Unknown Not performed Testing The initial diagnosis is in progress Passed The initial diagnosis ended normally Failed Error test fail detected by an initial diagnosis The XSB cannot be used or is in a degraded state XSB degradation status Normal Normal Degraded Component in a degraded state The XSB can operate Faulted An error occurred and the XSB cannot operate When the v option is specified the following types of information are displayed as XSB detail status information R Cod Dynamic reconfiguration DR involving the reservation state of the XSB in the domain ki DR processing is reserved When the domain is rebooted the XSB is incorporated into or disconnected from the domain and the domain configuration is changed Whether the XSB is a COD board n The XSB is not a COD board y The XSB is a COD board 258 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showboards 8 Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Displays the state of XSBs
216. inID Domain ID domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Second and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a console message 330 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showlogs 8 The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m Panic message log lt lt panic gt gt Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 panic message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 panic message Second line Date Panic occurrence date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a panic message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m IPL message log lt lt ipl gt gt Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 ipl message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 ipl message Second line Date IPL date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired
217. information You are asked to specify the amount of COD headroom to be used and the number of COD RTU licenses to be reserved for your domains When you are prompted for COD information the maximum values allowed are displayed within parentheses and default values are displayed within brackets setcod enables COD headroom processors to be used on demand Use the d domain_id to specify the number of domain COD RTU licenses to be reserved EXAMPLE1 Setting COD CPU Headroom Quantity and Reserve Domain COD RTU Li censes XSCF gt setcod PROC RTUs installed 0 PROC Headroom Quantity 0 to disable 4 MAX 0 1 WARNING Using headroom requires you to install license key s within 30 days Do you agree y n l Y PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 1 MAX 0 PROC RTUS reserved for domain 1 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 8 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 9 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 10 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 11 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 12 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 13 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 14 0 MAX 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 15 0 MAX 0
218. ing Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 System Administration 381 showtimezone 8 382 Privileges OPTIONS to date time The termination time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays to date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when start Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in O for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch from Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported G CZ c dst h Displays the tim
219. ing a Version from an http Server XSCF gt getflashimage http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a0 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 getflashimage 8 EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Version from an ftp Server XSCF gt getflashimage ftp imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0al EXAMPLE 3 Downloading Using an http Proxy Server With Port 8080 XSCF gt getflashimage p webproxy sun com 8080 http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Downloa
220. interfaces y n Y Do you want to configure xscf 0 lan 0 y n Y xscf 0 lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 255 255 254 0 xscf 0 lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 xscf O lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf O lan 0 netmask 255 255 254 0 xscf O lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 Are these settings correct y n y XSCF setnetwork xscf O lan 0 m 255 255 254 0 192 168 1 4 EXAMPLE 3 Enabling ssh XSCF gt setupplatform sh p network Do you want to set up the XSCF network interfaces y n n Do you want to set up the DSCP network y n n Do you want to set up the domain name service y n n Do you want to set up the network time protocol y n n Do you want to set up ssh y n y Enable ssh service y n y XSCF gt setssh q y c enable Do you want to set up https y n n 242 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setupplatform 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred adduser 8 password 8 setprivileges 8 setdscp 8 setnameserver 8 sethostname 8 setntp 8 setssh 8 sethttps 8 setnetwork 8 setroute 8 setsmtp 8 setemailreport 8 applynetwork 8 System Administration 243 setupplatform 8 244 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT
221. ion Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Note If the f option is used to forcibly remove the XSB from the source domain a serious problem may occur in a process bound to CPU or process accessing a device For this reason use of the option is not recommended in normal operation If the f option must be specified verify the statuses of the source domain and job processes Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Specifies verbose output If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Automatically answers y yes to all prompts XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES moveboard 8 The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be moved Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted ACY where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command If c configure is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is configured in the domain configuration a The operating systems of both the source and destination
222. ion for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the highend server XSCF gt showroute a Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Netmask 192 168 10 0 255 255 2550 default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 Destination Gateway Netmask default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setroute 8 System Administration Flags Interface U xscf 0 lan 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 Interface xscf 1 lan 0 359 showroute 8 360 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showshutdowndelay 8 showshutdowndelay display the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS showshutdowndelay showshutdowndelay h The showshutdowndelay 8 command displays the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The time set by the setshutdowndelay 8 command is displayed The default time set is 10 seconds You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt showshutdowndelay UPS shutdown wait time 600 secon
223. ipment Rack Mounting Guide C120 H016 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120 E345 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Getting Started Guide C120 E323 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Overview Guide C120 E346 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Overview Guide C120 E324 Important Safety Information for Hardware Systems C120 E391 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Safety and C120 E348 Compliance Guide xii XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Book Titles SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Safety and Compliance Guide External I O Expansion Unit Safety and Compliance Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 Server Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M5000 Server Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Unpacking Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Installation Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Service Manual External I O Expansion Unit Installation and Service Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers RCI Build Procedure SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration DR User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000
224. is displayed Domain Power On The domain power is on Domain Power Off The domain power is off System Power On The main unit power is on System Power Off The main unit power is off SCF Reset XSCF is in the reset state Domain Reset XSCF is in the reset state XIR XSCF is in the reset state Factor that caused this Status One of the following factors is displayed Self Reset Power On System Reset Panel Scheduled RCI AC Restored Operator Poweron Restart Power Failure SW Request Alarm Fatal Panic Domain ID domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mode Service Service mode m Event log Default Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 System power off XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showlogs 8 Case where the v option is specified Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Switch Service RCIaddr 000105ff Code xxxx XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Message Event message Switch Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mode Service Service mode RCIad
225. ith DSCP a When specified a subnet which overlaps between XSCF O if or xscf 1 if and the other interface a When specified the c up down option and ISN together m In case you specified the IP address and the netmask to the interfaces other than ISN and when the ISN is not configured the following default value will be set a xscf 0 if IP address 192 168 1 1A Netmask 255 255 255 0 a xscf 1 if IP address 192 168 1 2A Netmask 255 255 255 0 m The shownetwork 8 command can display current information on a network interface configured for XSCF m To reflect information on the specified network interface execute the applynetwork 8 command and reset XSCF EXAMPLE1 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and net mask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf O lan O m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE2 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and net mask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 in the midrange system XSCF gt setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE 3 Disables XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 1 c down XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setnetwork 8 EXAMPLE 4 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 128 on ISN on the XSCF unit 0 By default 255 255 255 0 is set for the net mask XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 if 192 168 10 128 EXAMPLE5 Sets the IP address 192 168 11 10 and net mask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF
226. ithout changing the configuration public key The specified public key is stored and used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key for the archive host beginning with the key type Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word 120 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setarchiving 8 1 audit limit non audit limit Sets the space limits for log archives in megabytes p password t user host directory System Administration The option argument must consist of two values separated by a comma The audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for audit logs It must be either 0 zero unlimited or an integer in the range of 500 50000 If you do not use the 1 option to modify the value of audit limit the initial archive space limit for audit logs is unlimited The non audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for all other logs in megabytes It must be an integer in the range of 500 50000 If unset the initial value for non audit limit depends on the type of server Use the showarchiving 8 command to determine the value for your server If either of the specified values is invalid the command displays an error and exits without making any changes Automatically answers no to all prompts Prompts are displayed Sets the password used for ssh login This option is provided to facilita
227. k ISN For abbreviation lan 0 an abbreviattion of XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 an abbreviattion of XSCF LAN 1 m For high end server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF units Inter SCF Network ISN For XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 1 if ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 System Administration 183 setnetwork 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES 184 m When the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration in the high end server a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been switched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 As default values lan 0 is set to xsc 0 lan 0 and lan 1 is set to xsc 0 lan 1 m Inthe midrange server the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 1 m If you disable the network interface before executing the appl ynetwork 8 command to save it to XSCF all the configured network interfaces will be cleared m For XSCF LAN 0 and XSCF LAN 1 do not set the same subnet m In the following cases the setnetwork 8 command results in an error a When specified the same IP address as DSCP m When specified a subnet which overlaps w
228. l Ver 0101h Serial 01068 FRU Part Number CA20393 B54X Al MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123520 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 0B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123e25 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEM 1A Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 T7A 252b 04123722 306 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 IOU MEM 1B Status Normal MEM 2A Status Normal MEM 2B Status Normal MEM 3A Status Normal MEM 3B Status Normal showhardconf 8 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code 1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123b25 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123e20 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123822 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code 1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123724 Type 1B Size 1 GB Code 1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123b20 Type 1B Size 1 GB MEMB 7 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 01100 7 OUrtvUOo0D00U M M M M M M M MEM 3B Status Normal FRU Part Number CA20393 B54X A1 H EM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016910 Type 1B Size 1 GB EM 0B Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016911 Type 1B Size 1 GB EM 1A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 T7A 356d 0d016a14 Type
229. l I O Expansion Unit prtfru c 1 M x container prtfru h prtfru is used to obtain FRUID Field Replaceable Unit Identifier data from the system Its output is a tree structure echoing the path in the FRU tree to each container When a container is found the data from that container is printed in a tree structure as well prtfru without any arguments prints the FRU hierarchy and all of the FRUID container data prt fru prints to the screen Output can be redirected to a file Note FRU information from the domains is not available using this command You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c Prints only the containers and their data This option does not print the FRU tree hierarchy h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command L Prints only the FRU tree hierarchy This option does not print the container data Xx Prints in XML format with a system identifier SYSTEM of prtfrureg dtd The following operands are supported container The name of the particular hardware that holds data in the FRU hierarchy Either the name or path name of a container is displayed in the 1 option The container operand must be in upper case and is applicable to the Externa
230. l I O Expansion Unit FRUs System Administration 101 prtfru 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displaying FRU Tree Hierarchy XSCF gt prtfru 1 frutree frutree chassis fru frutree chassis SYS Label SYS frutree chassis SYS Label SYS led location fru frutree chassis SYS Label SYS key location fru frutree chassis SC Label SC frutree chassis SC Label SC system controller container frutree chassis MB Label MB frutree chassis MB Label MB system board container frutree chassis MB Label MB system board BAT Label BAT frutree chassis MB Label MB system board BAT Label BAT battery fru frutree chassis FTO Label FTO frutree chassis FTO Label FTO FO Label F0 frutree chassis FTO Label FTO FO Label FO fan fru frutree chassis HDDO Labe1 HDDO frutree chassis HDDO Labe1 HDDO disk fru frutree chassis DVD Label DVD frutree chassis SCC Label SCC frutree chassis SCC Label SCC scc fru frutree chassis PCIO Label PCIO frutree chassis PCI1 Label PCI1 frutree chassis SCSIBP Label SCSIBP frutree chassis SCSIBP Label SCSIBP system board container frutree chassis PS0 Label PS0 frutree chassis PS0 Label PS0 power supply container frutree chassis CO Label CO frutree chassis CO Label CO system board PO Label PO cpu B1 Label B1 bank DO Label D0 mem module container EXAMPLE2 Displaying System Board FRU ID Data XSCF gt prtfru c system board frutree chassis MB Label MB system board container SEGMENT S
231. l of the addboard 8 command and moveboard 8 command m The settings of the current domain mode can be checked by using the showdomainmode 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 The setting of the diagnostic level for domain ID 0 is none XSCF gt setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on gt Autoboot on gt The specified modes will be changed Continue y n l y configured Diagnostic Level none Secure Mode on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot on autoboot on EXAMPLE2 The Auto boot function is enabled for domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt setdomainmode y d 0 m autoboot on Diagnostic Level none gt Secure Mode on gt Autoboot zoff gt on The specified modes will be changed Continue y n Y configured Diagnostic Level none Secure Mode on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot on autoboot on EXAMPLE3 Cancels the setdomainmode 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF gt setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on gt Autoboot on gt The specified modes will be changed Continue y n n EXAMPLE4 The Auto boot function is enabled for domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt setdomainmode q y d 0 m autoboot on System Administration 147 setdomainmode 8
232. length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to ocredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password history The maximum valid value is 10 The initial setting is 3 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember setpasswordpolicy 8 Sets the maximum credit for lower case letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to Icredit digits Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater The initial setting is 1 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The intial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the minimum size for a new password Note minlen cannot be set less than 6 Valid values are integers with value of 6 or greater Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of zero or greater Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to ocredit digits
233. leuser 8 disables a local XSCF user account for subsequent logins Current sessions are not affected When an account is disabled it cannot be used for login This applies to console serial and telnet connections as well as the Secure Shell SSH XSCF Web login is also disabled All local XSCF account data associated with the user remains on the system This includes password and SSH keys You can reenable a disabled account using enableuser 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name of the user account to be disabled EXAMPLE 1 Disabling a User Account XSCF gt disableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 enableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 41 disableuser 8 42 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO enableuser 8 enableuser enable an XSCF user account enableuser user enableuser h enableuser 8 enables a local XSCF user account An enabled account can be used for login at the console using Secure Shell SSH Using this command
234. log contents You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c class t time T time Selects events that match the specified class The class argument can use the global pattern matching syntax which is similar to global pattern matching for files For example xyz would match xyz sxc and xyz pdf The class represents a hierarchical classification string indicating the type of telemetry event Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays events from the fault management error log instead of the fault log The error log contains private telemetry information used by XSCF s automated diagnosis software This information is recorded to facilitate post mortem analysis of problems and event replay and should not be parsed or relied upon for the development of scripts and other tools Displays only lines that have been appended to the dump file since the command was executed Output continues until interrupted by Ctr1 c Displays the Fault Manager syslog message contents Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Selects events that occurred at or after the specified time The time can be specified using the forms in the Time Formats following this section Used with T you can specify a range Sel
235. ly for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Turns off the power to all domains Only users who have the platadm and fieldeng privileges can specify this option d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned off domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Uses XSCF to forcibly turn off the power to the specified domain This option is used together with the d option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 93 poweroff 8 m If the operating system of the target domain is running the poweroff 8 command processing is equivalent to that of the shutdown 1M command with the i5 option specified m A domain cannot be powered off while the operating system of the domain is booting Execute the poweroff 8 command again after the booting is completed m A domain cannot be powered off by the poweroff 8 command while the
236. m setssh settelnet settimezone setupfru setupplatform showaltitude showarchiving System Administration Intro 8 configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client sets the default locale of the XSCF control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup set the domain name system DNS servers used in the XSCF network configure a network interface using by XSCF set the NTP servers used in the XSCF network manage the system password policy set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup assign user privileges set routing information for an XSCF network interface set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS set up the SMTP settings manage the SNMP agent specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model VACM configuration set the SSH service used in the XSCF network Also generate the host public key and register or delete the user public key which are necessary for the SSH service start or stop the telnet service used in the XSCF network set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF set up device hardware set up platform specific settings display the altitude state of
237. mmand Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system XSCF gt showdualpowerfeed Dual power feed is enabled EXAMPLE 2 Changes the dual power feed mode with the setdualpower feed 8 com mand and then displays the current state XSCF gt showdualpowerfeed enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdualpowerfeed 8 System Administration 295 showdualpowerfeed 8 296 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showemailreport 8 showemailreport display the email report configuration data showemailreport v showemailreport h showemailreport 8 displays the email reporting configuration data When used without options it displays current email report configuration data You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output Emailreport information includes
238. mpts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts line Specifies the user public key number to delete For line specify the number which displayed after the showssh c pubkey command executed Should be specified with c delpubkey user name Specifies the user account name to register or delete the user public key Should be specified with c addpubkey or c delpubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account becomes the target Automatically answers y yes to all prompts e following operand is supported genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2 When a host public key is created a prompt to confirm execution of the moun command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the moun command or n to cancel the command The setssh 8 command can register one user public key at a time In time of setssh 8 command execution finish the input of user public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl D EOF In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only The information which has been set will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF The current SSH service settings can be checked by using the showssh 8 command XSCF Reference Man
239. n Unmount or Faulted status it may be excluded from the target of diagnosis and may not be shown in the diagnosis result In a case like this use the testsb 8 command to check the diagnosis result m Incase there are the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time before system startup a prompt appears to confirm whether or not it can moun ignore these settings to execute the testsb 8 command Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The displayed diagnostic results of the testsb 8 command are as follows XSB XSB numbers belonging to the specified PSBs One XSB number is displayed for the Uni XSB type and four XSB numbers are displayed for the Quad XSB type Test Status of the initial diagnosis of XSBs One of the following status values is displayed Unmount No XSB could be recognized because no XSB is mounted or because an error occurred Unknown Not tested Testing Initial diagnosis is in progress Passed Initial diagnosis ended normally Failed An error was detected during the initial diagnosis An XSB cannot be used or is in a degraded state Fault XSB error One or more states are displayed Normal Normal state Degraded One or more components are degraded Each XSB can operate Faulted An XSB cannot operate because an error occurred System Administration 399 testsb 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Performs the initial diagnosis on PSB 00 XSCF gt testsb 0 Ini
240. n integer value specified in base 10 T seconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T minutes ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T hours ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T days ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 You can append a decimal fraction of the form n to any t option argument to indicate a fractional number of seconds beyond the specified time XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 fmdump 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Default fmdump Display XSCF gt fmdump TIME UUID MSG ID Aug 12 16 12 13 2811 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Aug 12 16 12 13 2985 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 5839 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FMD 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 6278 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FMD 8000 77 Sep 06 09 37 05 0983 6485b42b 6638 4c5d b652 bec485290788 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 09 38 10 8584 77435994 5b99 4db8 bdcd 985c7d3ae3e4 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 09 57 44 6502 0087d58c e5b9 415d 91bc ad 7c41dd316 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 12 40 59 2801 ITde2Zcef 8eal 40T7a 8a53 c7a67e61987a LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 12 41 10 1076 fa7304 9 c9e8 4cd1 9ca5 e35 57d53b2c LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 13 01 49 1462 ce550611 4308 4336 8a9a 19676f 828515 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 15 42 56 6132 Of4b429f c048 47cd 9dIf a2f7b69d4c957 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 16 07 14 4652 7d5fb282 e01b 476a b7el la0f8de80758 LINUX 8000 1N
241. n used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command The following operand is supported type Specifies the one of the type of information to be displayed The following types can be specified If this type setting is omitted intake temperature and humidity information about the system is displayed temp Displays temperature information volt Displays voltage information Fan Displays fan rotation information System Administration 299 showenvironment 8 EXTENDED For some systems voltage margin is set for each entire system In such a case the DESCRIPTION voltage margin is displayed along with the value of the voltage sensor EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the intake temperature and humidity of the system XSCF gt showenvironment Temperature 30 71C Humidity 90 05 EXAMPLE2 Displays temperature information about the system and each component XSCF gt showenvironment temp Temperature 30 71C CMU 0 30 71C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 1 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 2 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 3 CHIP 0 30 71C CMU 1 30 71C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 1 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 2 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 3 CHIP 0 30 71C CMU 2 30 71C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 1 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 2 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 3 CHIP 0 30 71C CMU 3 30 71C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 1 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 2 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 3 CHIP 0 30 71C 30
242. name C shell super user machine name Bourne shell and Korn shell Bourne shell and Korn shell super user OpenBoot PROM ok Software License The function to explain in this manual uses the softwares of GPL LGPL and others For the information of the license see Appendix E Software License Condition in SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide Preface xvii Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments We would appreciate your comments and suggestions to improve this document You can submit your comments by using Reader s Comment Form on page xix xviii XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Reader s Comment Form We would appreciate your comments and suggestions for improving this publication Date Publication No Your Name Publication Name Company Address City State Zip Phone Email address Your Comments Reply requested o Yes 0 No Please evaluate the overall quality of this manual by checking w the appropriate boxes Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Organization o o o Use of examples o o o Legibility o o o Accuracy o o o Index coverage o o o Binding o o o Clarity o o o Cross Figures and tables 0 o o Overall rating of referencing o o o General appearance 0 o o this publication o o o Technical level Too detailed o Appropriate o Not enough detail All comments and suggestions become the property of Fujitsu Limited
243. ncel the command m When the firmware is updated the XSCF unit is reset Therefore LAN connection to the XSCF is canceled if already established m When there s a faulty FRU can t update the firmware Resolve the FRU fault then update EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Check whether the entire firmware can be updated to version 1020 XSCF gt flashupdate c check m xcp s 1020 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO flashupdate 8 EXAMPLE 2 Updates the entire firmware to version from 1010 to 1020 XSCF gt flashupdate c update m xcp s 1020 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y XCP update is started XCP version 1020 last version 1010 OpenBoot PROM update is started OpenBoot PROM update has been completed OpenBoot PROM version 01010001 XSCF update is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF update ha
244. net c enable disable settelnet h settelnet 8 command starts or stops the Telnet service used in the XSCF network You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c enableldisable Specify whether to start the Telnet service One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the Telnet service disable Stops the Telnet service h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m Incase the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only m Incase you stop the Telnet service it will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF m The current Telnet service state can be checked by using the showtelnet 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Starts the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c enable EXAMPLE 2 Stops the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c disable Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the telnet settings The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 229 settelnet 8 SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 showtelnet 8 230 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAM
245. nformation which includes the headroom amount number of installed COD right to use RTU licenses the number of COD RTU licenses reserved for domains and the Chassis Hostid When used without arguments it displays the current COD information You must have platadm platop domainadm domainop or domainmgr privileges for the specified domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Domain identifier domain_id can be 0 23 depending on system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE 1 Displaying COD Information for All Domains on an OPL System The output shown is what you would see if you had domainadm domainop or domainmgr privileges for Domain 1 XSCF gt showcod PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 0 System Administration 261 showcod 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All COD Information The output shown is what you would see if you had platform privileges XSCF gt showcod Chassis HostID 81000001 PROC RTUs installed 8 PROC Headroom Quantity 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 0 4 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 1 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 2 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 3 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 4 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 5 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 6 0 PROC RTUs reserved for domain 7 0 PROC RTUs r
246. ng showaudit with the options a c all e all g m p S EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Auditing Status XSCF gt showaudit Auditing enabled EXAMPLE2 Displaying All Class Information For Login Auditing XSCF gt showaudit c LOGIN Events AEV_LOGIN_BUTI enabled AEV_LOGIN_CONSOLE enabled AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled AEV_LOGOUT enabled AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled EXAMPLE3 Displaying All Event Information XSCF gt showaudit e all Events AEV_AUDIT_START enabled AEV_AUDIT_STOP enabled AEV_ENTER_MODE enabled AEV_EXIT_MODE enabled AEV_LOGIN_BUI enabled AEV_LOGIN_CONSOLE enabled System Administration 253 showaudit 8 AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled AEV_LOGOUT enabled AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled AEV_addboard enabled AEV_addcodlicense enabled AEV_addfru enabled Dace EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setaudit 8 viewaudit 8 254 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showautologout 8 showautologout display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell showautologout showautologout h The showautologout 8 command displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The session timeout time is displayed in units of minutes If the session timeout time has not be
247. nied or error Selects records according to the indicated return values returnvals is a comma separated list of the values success or failure success corresponds to a return value of 0 failure corresponds to a nonzero return value Selects the first record matching the selection criteria to display System Administration 413 viewaudit 8 414 EXAMPLES u users Selects records attributed to indicated users users is a comma separated list of users A user can be specified by user name or numeric UID xX Prints in XML format EXAMPLE1 Displaying Audit Records for December 12 2005 XSCF gt viewaudit D 20051212 file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter EXAMPLE2 Displaying User Audit Records XSCF gt viewaudit u jsmith file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE3 Displaying Audit Records for Privileges XSCF gt viewaudit p granted file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE4 Displaying Audit Records for Successful Access XSCF gt viewaudit r success file 1 2006 01 11 10 5
248. nment 8 EXAMPLE5 Displays fan rotation information XSCF gt showenvironment Fan FAN A 0 Low speed 0 1234rpm FAN A 1 Low speed 0 1234rpm FAN B 0 High speed 0 5678rpm FAN B 1 High speed 0 5678rpm fan High speed 0 1234rpm 1 1234rpm PSU 1 fan High speed 0 1234rpm 1 1234rpm EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 302 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showfru 8 showfru display the hardware settings of specified device showfru device location showfru a device showfru h The showfru 8 command displays the hardware settings of specified device by the setupfru 8 command The command can display the settings of the specified device or of all devices Only the physical system board PSB can be specified as a device The following settings are displayed Device Specified device name Only sb is displayed Location Device location If the device is sb the indicated location is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB Mode XSB mode set for the PSB One of the following values is displayed Uni Uni XSB Quad Quad XSB Memory Mirror Memory mirror mode set for the PSB One of the following Mode values is displayed yes Memory mirror mode no Memory no mirror modeB You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command
249. nse and are registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc in the U S and other countries Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon architecture developed by Sun Microsystems Inc SPARC64 is a trademark of SPARC International Inc used under license by Fujitsu Microelectronics Inc and Fujitsu Limited The OPEN LOOK and Sun Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems Inc for its users and licensees Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry Sun holds a non exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox Graphical User Interface which license also covers Sun s licensees who implement OPEN LOOK GUIs and otherwise comply with Sun s written license agreements United States Government Rights Commercial use U S Government users are subject to the standard government user license agreements of Sun Microsystems Inc and Fujitsu Limited and the applicable provisions of the FAR and its supplements Disclaimer The only warranties granted by Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc or any affiliate of either of them in connection with this document or any product or technolog described herein are those expressly set forth in the license agreement pursuant to which the product or technology is provided EXCEPT AS XPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SUCH AGREEMENT FUJITSU LIMITED SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC AND THEIR AFFILIATES MAK
250. nteger from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 DID Domain ID One of the following is displayed 00 23 Domain ID to which the XSB is assigned SP This is displayed if the XSB does not belong to any domain but is located in the system board pool Other This is displayed if the XSB belongs to a domain to which no user privilege has been granted LSB Logical system board LSB number defined for the domain The displayed number is an integer ranging from 0 to 15 Assignment Domain assignment state of the XSB Either of the following is displayed Unavailable The XSB cannot be used The XSB may be unrecognizable because it is not mounted it contains an error it has been assigned to another domain or the settings of the domain or system board are not complete Available The XSB is registered on the domain component list DCL and can be used The XSB may be located in the system board pool Assigned The XSB is reserved for or assigned to the domain System Administration 257 showboards 8 Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault Power status of the XSB n Power is off y Power is on Status of the XSB connection to the domain configuration n The XSB is not connected to the domain or it is located in the system board pool y The XSB is connected to the domain Incorporation state of XSB hardware resources into the operating system n The resources are not connected to the operating system y The resources are incorporated
251. o switched Note When switched the session of the network which has been connected to the active XSCF is terminated Note Usually XSCFs cannot be switched while maintenance work is in progress If Switching of XSCF state is disabled due to a maintenance operation Try again later is displayed as a result from the switchsc 8 command and XSCFs cannot be switched check whether the addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or flashupdate 8 maintenance command is being executed If the command is being executed wait until the command ends If XSCFs cannot be switched though none of those maintenance commands is being executed use the f option to switch them You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported f Switches the state in a case XSCF state can t be changed due to a maintenance operation Note Since the f option forcibly switches XSCF limit the use of this option to such cases as when switching does not work in normal operations h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs t Active Switches the state of the XSCF unit to active t Standby Switches the state of the XSCF unit to standby EXAMPLE 1 Switches the state of the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to to standby XSCF gt switchscf t Standby System Administration 395 switchscf 8
252. oards 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 280 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdevices 8 showdevices display current information on an eXtended System Board XSB showdevices v p bydevice byboard query force xsb showdevices v p bydevice byboard da domain_id showdevices h The showdevices 8 command displays the information of the physical devices configured on XSB and their available resources of these devices The information of available resources can be obtained for the devices managed by the operating system The command can also display in advance whether the XSB can be disconnected from the domain using the dynamic reconfiguration DR function The following types of information are displayed Common DID Domain ID XSB XSB number CPU id processor ID state status of processor speed CPU frequency MHz ecache CPU external cache size MB MEMORY board mem Size of memory mounted on the XSB MB perm mem Size of memory that mounted and cannot be relocated on the XSB MB base address Physical address of memory mounted on the XSB domain mem Size of memory on the domain MB System Administration 281 showdevices 8 Privileges OPTIONS 282 When memory is being disconnected the following items are displayed target XSB XSB number at the move destination deleted mem Size of memory which was already deleted MB
253. ode 287 showdomainstatus 289 showdscp 291 showdualpowerfeed 295 showemailreport 297 showenvironment 299 showfru 303 showhardconf 305 showhostname 311 Contents vii showhttps 313 showldap 315 showlocale 317 showlocator 319 showlogs 321 showlookup 335 showmonitorlog 337 shownameserver 339 shownetwork 341 shownotice 347 showntp 349 showpasswordpolicy 351 showpowerupdelay 353 showresult 355 showroute 357 showshutdowndelay 361 showsmtp 363 showsnmp 365 showsnmpusm 367 showsnmpvacm 369 showssh 371 showstatus 375 showtelnet 377 showtimezone 379 showuser 385 snapshot 387 switchscf 395 testsb 397 unlockmaintenance 403 version 405 viewaudit 409 who 417 viii XSCF Reference Manual September 2007 Preface This manual describes how to use the shell command which can be executed in the eXtended System Control Facility hereinafter referred to as XSCF environment in SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers The shell command is hereinafter referred to as XSCF shell command XSCF is a system monitoring facility to conduct monitoring control operation or maintenance of main unit and domains of SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers It is mounted as a firmware on the service processor which is independent from the processor of the system For each command this manual describes how to use and the execution examples available in XSCF environment This document is provided as a manual to stud
254. of resource processor Ver Version number of the license which is always set to 01 Expiration Expiration of the license Count Number of right to use licenses granted for the given resource Status GOOD which indicates that the given resource is valid or EXPIRED which indicates that the resource license is no longer valid The following examples display the COD license information EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Formatted License Data XSCF gt showcodlicense v Description Ver Expiration Count Status PROC 01 NONE 16 GOOD 01 84000000 000000001 0301010100 16 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxXxXxXXXXXXXXXX System Administration 263 showcodlicense 8 264 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Raw License Data XSCF gt showcodlicense r 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addcodlicense 8 deletecodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showcodusage 8 showcodusage display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources showcodusage v M p resource domain al1 showcodusage h showcodusage 8 shows current information about COD right to use RTU licenses in use By default this command displays a summary of COD RTU licenses used and installed along with the current stat
255. ollowing format ry where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 Domain status One of the following status is displayed Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reset state Shutdown Started The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Executing Completed The system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt The operating system is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reset the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running The operating system is running XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 Privileges showdcl 8 If the v option is specified the following information is added Cfg policy No Mem No IO Float Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware Any of the following is displayed FRU Degradation of a component default XSB Degradation of an XSB System Degradation of a domain Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of memory on a domain False Does not omits the use of memory on a domain default Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of I O devices on a domain
256. ompletion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 27 clockboard 8 28 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS console 8 console connect to a domain console console a y n d domain id r s escapeChar console h The console 8 command connects the XSCF shell console to the console of the specified domain domain console Domain consoles include a writable console and read only console Only one writable console and multiple read only consoles can be connected to one domain An attempt to set up a connection to another writable console while one writable console is already connected results in an error Even in this case however a user with the platadm or domainadm privilege can forcibly establish a connection to a writable console in which case the currently connected writable console is disconnected To exit the domain console and return to the XSCF shell console press the Enter key and then enter Note The console 8 command does not automatically log out the domain command line Make certain to log out from the domain prior to exiting the console You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information
257. ork EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and net mask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE2 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and gateway 192 168 1 1 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 g 192 168 1 1 xscf O lan 1 EXAMPLE3 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default net mask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 xscf 0 lan 1 System Administration 203 setroute 8 204 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE4 Deletes the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default net mask 255 255 255 0 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE5 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 4 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE6 Deletes the routing of destination 192 168 1 4 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE7 Adds routing information for the default gateway 192 168 10 1 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 0 0 0 0 g 192 168 10 1 xscf 0 lan 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 rebootxscf 8 showroute 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised Jun
258. osystems Inc and their applicable licensors if any The furnishing of this document to you does not give you any rights or licenses express or implied with respect to the product or technology to which it pertains and this document does not contain or represent any commitment of any kind on the part of Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems Inc or any affiliate of either of them This document and the product and technology described in this document may incorporate third party intellectual property copyrighted by and or licensed from suppliers to Fujitsu Limited and or Sun Microsystems Inc including software and font technology Per the terms of the GPL or LGPL a copy of the source code governed by the GPL or LGPL as applicable is available upon request by the End User Please contact Fujitsu Limited or Sun Microsystems Inc This distribution may include materials developed by third parties Parts of the din may be derived from Berkeley BSD systems licensed from the University of California UNIX is a registered trademark in the U S and in other countries exclusively licensed through X Open Company Ltd Sun Sun Microsystems the Sun logo Java Netra Solaris Sun Ray Answerbook2 docs sun com OpenBoot and Sun Fire are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the U S and other countries Fujitsu and the Fujitsu logo are registered trademarks of Fujitsu Limited All SPARC trademarks are used under lice
259. owdate 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 237 settimezone 8 238 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setupfru 8 setupfru set up device hardware setupfru m y n x 1 4 device location setupfru h The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for the specified device Only a physical system board PSB can be specified as a device After a PSB is added the following settings can be specified for PSB XSB type To use an added PSB in the system hardware resources on the PSB must be logically divided and reconfigured as eXtended System Boards XSBs Two types of XSB are used Uni XSB and Quad XSB The Uni XSB is configured with undivided PSB and the Quad XSB is configured with one of divided PSB into four parts Specify either the Uni XSB configuration or Quad XSB configuration for the PSB Memory mirror mode In mirror mode data is mirrored by dividing the memory mounted on a PSB into two parts Since the memory is divided into two parts the memory capacity is halved but data reliability increases Specify whether to operate the memory in mirror mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h m y n x 114 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs
260. p trap port ID of the trap port Default value is 162 s community string Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead t type Type of trap Valid trap types are v1 The agent will send SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent will send SNMPv2 traps inform The agent will send inform notifications traphost Host name of the trap host 212 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setsnmp 8 addv3traphost Enables the SNMP agent to send SNMPv3 traps or informs to the desired host An authentication protocol must be chosen Valid protocols are MD5 Uses the MD5 algorithm for authentication SHA Uses SHA Secure Hash Algorithm for authentication The encryption protocol used in all communication is DES Data Encryption Standard If the password option is not used you will be prompted for a password Passwords will be read but not echoed to the screen addv3traphost takes the following options a authentication password Sets the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters e encryption password Sets the encryption password Asks for an acknowledgment from the receiving host n engine id Sets identifier of the local agent sending the trap It can be the engine ID of the local SNMP agent or not but it must match the engine ID expected by the receiving
261. playing a Downlink Card Using Hostpath in Verbose Mode With Headers Suppressed XSCF gt ioxadm p v list IOU 0 PCI 2 IOU O PCI 2 OP 2 0 XFO1A1 CF005017040 5017040 03 on EXAMPLE7 Powering On the Locator LED for Power Supply 0 in External I O Expan sion Unit 12B4 XSCF gt ioxadm locator on iox 12B4 ps0 EXAMPLE8 Displaying Locator LED Status for the External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm locator iox 12B4 Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX 12B4 LOCATE Fast m LED TOX 12B4 PS0 SERVICE Fast LED If the FRU service indicator is already on due to a detected fault condition only the box locator LED will be set to fast XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS ioxadm 8 EXAMPLE9 Enabling the Indicator for Power Supply 1 When Power Supply 1 Has a XSCF gt ioxadm XSCF gt ioxadm Location IOX X031 XSCF gt ioxadm Location Fault Indication locator on iox x031 ps1 locator Sensor Value Resolution Units LOCATE Fast LED env 1 iox x031 ps1 SERVICE Sensor Value Resolution Units SERVICE On LED TOXEX0O31 PS1 The External 1 O Expansion Unit chassis white LED has an integrated push button The button can be used to toggle the state of the chassis white locator LED between off and fast If the push button is used to turn off the locator LED fast blink FRU service LEDs are cleared The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred System
262. pported a Displays all the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Displays whether synchronization with an NTP server is being maintained The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address of an NTP server to be displayed A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period If the a option is specified the operand is ignored The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX where XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer The setntp 8 command sets the NTP servers used in the XSCF network System Administration 349 showntp 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays all NTP servers being currently set XSCF gt showntp a server ntpl example com prefer 1 ntp server name server ntp2 example com 2 ntp server name EXAMPLE 2 Confirms synchronization with an NTP server and displays the results XSCF gt showntp 1 remote refid st t when poll reach delay 192 168 0 27 192 168 1 56 2u 27 64 377 12 929 192 168 0 57 192 168 1 86 2u 32 64 377 13 030 127 127 1 0 LOCAL 0 5 2 44 64 377 0 000 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setntp 8 350 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 offset jitter NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privile
263. pt this public key yes no yes EXAMPLE 3 Setting the Space Limits for Archives XSCF gt setarchiving 1 10000 10000 EXAMPLE 4 Enabling Archiving XSCF gt setarchiving enable Testing the archiving configuration Logs will be archived to somehost company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion Configuration updated gt 0 An error occurred showarchiving 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setaudit 8 setaudit manage the system auditing functionality setaudit enable disable archive delete setaudit p count suspend m mailaddr a users enable disable default c classes enable disable e events enable disable g enable disable t percents setaudit h setaudit 8 manages the collection of data on the use of system resources Audit data provides a record of security related system events This data can be used to assign responsibility for actions that have taken place on the system Auditing generates records when specified events occur Events that generate audit records include m System startup and shutdown m Login and logout m Authentication actions m Administrative actions You must have auditadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 123 setaudit 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported
264. ption FF1 Trap Hosts Hostname Port Type Community String Username host1 162 vi public jsmith host2 162 v2c public n a host3 162 v3 n a bob SNMP V1 V2c Status Enabled Community String public Enabled MIB Modules SP_MIB FM_MIB The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsnmp 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 Auth Protocol NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsnmpusm 8 showsnmpusm display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent showsnmpusm showsnmpusm h showsnmpusm 8 displays the current USM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System XSCF gt showsnmpusm Username Auth Protocol jsmith SHA sue MD5 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setsnmpusm 8 System Administration 367 showsnmpusm 8 368 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsnmpvacm 8 showsnmpvacm display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for
265. ptions or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Displays IP address without the name resolution of host name OPERANDS The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the operand is ignored For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 when a duplicated configuration is used xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN O0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 EXTENDED The setroute 8 command sets routing information for the XSCF network DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays routing information for X6CF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showroute xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface serverl example 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 358 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showroute 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays routing information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 without the name resolution of host name XSCF gt showroute n xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask 192 168 10 0 255 255 2550 default 192 168 10 1 Q 0 0 0 Flags Interface U xscf 0 lan 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE 3 Displays all routing informat
266. re Specifies the COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database EXAMPLE1 Deleting a COD RTU license key XSCF gt deletecodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxxxXXHEXKKX The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 35 deletecodlicense 8 SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 setcod 8 showcod 8 showcodlicense 8 showcodusage 8 36 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deletefru 8 deletefru delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU deletefru deletefru h The deletefru 8 command deletes a FRU The deletefru 8 command allows the user to make the settings that are required for FRU deletion and related to selecting confirming and removing FRUs interactively using menus The following FRUs can be deleted m CPU memory unit CMU a I O unit IOU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addfru 8 deleteboard 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 37 deletefru 8 38 XSCF Reference Manual
267. red 82 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges moveboard 8 moveboard move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another moveboard a y n v c configure da domain id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c assign d domain_id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c reserve a domain_id xsb xsb moveboard h The moveboard 8 command disconnects a XSB from the current domain and based on the domain component list DCL assigns it to or configures it in the specified domain One of the following movement methods can be specified configure Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it into the specified destination domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the operating system assign Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the specified destination domain configuration The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned system board is configured in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves disconnection of the specified XSB from the domain configuration of the move source and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination The XSB is
268. res email reporting Valid entries for variable are enable recipient Valid value entries for enable are yes no Valid value entries for recipient are Any valid company email account t Sends test email v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE 1 Enable Email Reporting Interactively XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting no yes Email Recipient Address useradm company com Do you want to send a test mail now Yes No no EXAMPLE 2 Adding an Email Report Recipient Using a XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN Email Recipient Address useradmin company com a adm2 company com EXAMPLE3 Deleting an Email Report Recipient Using d XSCF setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN Email Recipient Address adm2 company com d adm2 company com EXAMPLE 4 Enable Email Reporting Noninteractively XSCF gt setemailreport s enable yes s recipient useradm company com adm2 company com XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE5 Sending Test Email XSCF gt setemailreport t Sending test email to useradm company com Email contents shown below Host Name jupiter Send Timestamp 04 20 2006 16 31 45 PST Mail Server 10 4 1 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setsmtp 8 showemailreport 8 System Administration setemailreport 8 159 setemailreport 8
269. reserved If not specified a UID is automatically assigned The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name Name of the user account to be added Maximum name length is 32 characters EXAMPLE1 Creating a New User XSCF gt adduser u 359 jsmith System Administration 15 adduser 8 16 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setldap 8 setpassword policy 8 showldap 8 showpassword policy 8 showuser 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION applynetwork 8 applynetwork reflect the information that has been set for the XSCF network applynetwork a y n M applynetwork h applynetwork 8 command reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network to XSCF When you set one of the following for the XSCF network it is necessary to execute the applynetwork 8 command to reflect the information to XSCF m XSCF host name m DNS domain name m IP address m netmask m routing When you execute the applynetwork 8 command it displays the information which has been set to XSCF host name DNS domain name name server IP address net mask and routing After reflected the information of XSCF network use the rebootxscf 8 command to re
270. result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured As a result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway Normal It is operating normally EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays the information of the FRUs in SPARC Enterprise M5000 XSCF gt showhardconf SPARC Enterprise M5000 Serial BE80601021 Operator_Panel_Switch Service Power Supply System Single SCF ID XSCF 0 System Power On System Phase Cabinet Power On Domain 0 Domain_Status Powered Off MBU B Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000297 FRU Part Number CA20393 B50X A2 Memory Size 64 GB CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L068 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 0 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L068 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 HIP O Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0629L066 CPUM 3 C i FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO a Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 3 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PPO629LO66 FRU Part Number CA06761 D104 AO e Freq 2 150 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 MEMB 0 Status Norma
271. rise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers the hostpath has the following format TOU 0 PCI 0 IO Board 0 PCI E slot0 The External I O Expansion Unit box id is identified by serial number Use iox nnnn where nnnn represents the last four digits of the box serial number Some commands affect only a single component of an External I O Expansion Unit system For example individual boats and power supplies may be turned on and turned off independently A FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit fru is identified as iox nnnn iob0 I O boat in the left tray rear view iox nnnn iob1 I O boat in the right tray rear view iox nnnn iob0 link Uplink card in boat 0 iox nnnn iobl link Uplink card in boat 1 iox nnnn ps0 Power supply in the left bay front view iox nnnn psi1 Power supply in the right bay front view XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 ioxadm 8 Displaying Temperature Voltage Current and Fanspeed Sensor Readings XSCF gt ioxadm env te ioxGA3B5 Location TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PS0 TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 IOBO TOX A3B5 IOBO TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5
272. rm threshold led_type list Used with the setled operand specifies a software controlled FRU LED The following table indicates which LED states can be controlled using the setled operand with the off on fast and slow LED state settings Y yes indicates that the LED can be controlled N no indicates that it cannot be controlled LED Name off on fast slow ACTIVE Power OK Y Y Y X LOCATE Locate Y N Y N SERVICE Fault Locate Y Y Y Y RDY2RM Ready to remove Y Y Y Y OVERTEMP Overtemp k a DCOK DC Power N N N N POWER AC Power N N N N DATA Data N N N N MGMT Management N N N N The OVERTEMP LED and chassis ACTIVE LED may be set to each state However the hardware frequently updates the LED state so changes to the LED state may not be visible Note Other LEDs are not under software control A list of LEDs present in the system can be displayed by using the env 1 operand target Lists the External I O Expansion Units under system management If no target is specified list displays a list of External I O Expansion Units one per line Each line contains the unique identifier for that box and the host specific name s for its downlink card s See EXAMPLE 3 If an External I O Expansion Unit argument or downlink card path is specified the command displays a single line with the indicated FRU If a host path is specified only the downlink card information is displayed See EXAMPLE 4 and EXAMPLE 6 If the verbo
273. rmat mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mmi ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Displays a log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp By default the display of log data in the order of timestamps starts from the oldest data Displays a scan log attached to an error log Only a user having the fieldeng privilege can specify this operand This cannot be specified together with the v option or V option 322 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 t time showlogs 8 Specifies the start date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t and T options are not r
274. s and agents that are currently participating in fault management View the list of system components that have been diagnosed as faulty The Fault Manager attempts to automate as many activities as possible so use of fmadm is typically not required When the Fault Manager needs help from a human administrator or service representative it produces a message indicating its needs It also refers you to a URL containing the relevant knowledge article The web site might ask you to use fmadm or one of the other fault management utilities to gather more information or perform additional tasks The documentation for fmdump 8 describes more about tools to observe fault management activities You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs q Sets quiet mode fmadm does not produce messages indicating the result of successful operations to standard output The following operands are supported config Displays the configuration of the Fault Manager itself including the module name version and description of each component module Fault Manager modules provide services such as automated diagnosis self healing and messaging for hardware and software present on the system System Administration 51 fmadm 8 52 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS
275. s and net mask become valid immediately after being set You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c up down Specifies whether to enable the specified network interface One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs up Enables the network interface down Disables the network interface h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m addr Specifies a net mask If the m option is omitted the net mask corresponding to address is set The following addr form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer System Administration 181 setnetwork 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported 182 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 address interface setnetwork 8 Specifies an IP address The specified value is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer Specifies the network interface to be configured One of the following values can be specified m For midrange server For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF units Inter SCF Networ
276. s are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 334 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlookup 8 showlookup display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup showlookup showlookup h showlookup 8 displays configuration settings for authentication and privileges You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE1 Displaying Settings for Authentication and Privileges XSCF gt showlookup Privileges lookup Local only Authentication lookup Local and LDAP The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlookup 8 System Administration 335 showlookup 8 336 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showmonitorlog 8 showmonitorlog display the contents of monitoring messages in real time showmonitorlog showmonitorlog h The showmonitorlog 8 command displays the contents of monitoring messages in real time When the showmonitorlog 8 command is executed the XSCF shell is occupied for the display of monitoring messages When a monitoring message is registered the contents of t
277. s been completed SCF 0 bank 1 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF update is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01010002 last version 01010001 F F XSCF download is started SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF download has been completed SCF 0 bank 0 XCP version 1020 last version 1010 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01010002 last version 01010001 XSCF is rebooting to update the reserve bank EXAMPLE3 When XSCF unit is duplicated configuration synchronizes the firmware versions after replacement of the XSCF unit XSCF gt flashupdate c sync The following exit values are returned Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred version 8 System Administration 49 flashupdate 8 50 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS fmadm 8 fmadm fault management configuration tool fmadm q config fmadm h fmadm 8 can be used to view system configuration parameters related to fault management fmadm can be used to View the set of diagnosis engine
278. s dans le contrat de licence r gissant le produit ou la technologie fourni e SAUF MENTION CONTRAIRE EXPRESSEME STIPULEE DANS CE CONTRAT FUJITSU LIMITED SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC ET LES SOCIETES AFFILIEES REJETTENT TOUTE REPRESENTATION OU TOUTE GARANTIE QUELLE QU EN SOIT LA NATURE EXPRESSE OU IMPLICITE CONCERNANT CE PRODUIT CETTE TECHNOLOGIE OU CE DOCUMENT LESQUELS SONT FOURNIS EN L ETAT EN OUTRE TOUTES LES CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES YCOMPRIS NOTAMMENT TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE RELATIVE A LA QUALITE MARCHANDE A L APTITUDE A UNE UTILISATION PARTICULIERE OU A L ABSENCE DE CONTREFACON SONT EXCLUES DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APPLICABLE Sauf mention contraire express ment stipul e dans ce contrat dans la mesure autoris e par la loi applicable en aucun cas Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc ou l une de leurs filiales ne sauraient tre tenues responsables envers une quelconque partie tierce sous quelque th orie juridique que ce soit de tout manque a gagner ou de perte de profit de probl mes d utilisation ou de perte de donn es ou d interruptions d activit s ou de tout dommage indirect sp cial secondaire ou cons cutif m me si ces entit s ont t pr alablement inform es d une telle ventualit LA DOCUMENTATION EST FOURNIE EN L ETAT ET TOUTES AUTRES CONDITIONS DECLARATIONS ET GARANTIES EXPRESSES OU TACITES SONT FORMELLEMENT EXCLUES DANS LA MESURE AUTORISEE PAR LA LOI APP
279. s in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch to Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 offset2 from date time showtimezone 8 Offset time of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed mon in plus in case the offset is minus The starting time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays from date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday JA Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch to Daylight Sav
280. s in the background on each OPL system It receives telemetry information relating to problems detected by the system software diagnoses these problems and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components You can use fmstat to view statistics for diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in fault management The fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 man pages describe more about tools to observe fault management activities If the m option is present fmstat reports any statistics kept by the specified fault management module The module list can be obtained using fmadm config If the m option is not present fmstat reports the following statistics for each of its client modules module The name of the fault management module as reported by fmadm config ev recv The number of telemetry events received by the module ev acpt The number of events accepted by the module as relevant to a diagnosis wait The average number of telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module svc t The average service time for telemetry events received by the module in milliseconds oe The percentage of time that there were telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module oe o The percentage of time that the module was busy processing telemetry events open The number of active cases open problem investigations owned by the module System Administration 61 fm
281. s not collect command output Automatically answers n no to all prompts Used with the e option sets the encryption password used for encrypting the output file System Administration 389 snapshot 8 k host key Used with the t or T option sets the public key that the Service Processor uses to log in to the network host This option is not valid with the d option Possible values for host key are as follows none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the network host download This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to download a public host key for the network host and download the key from the host specified in the t argument snapshot displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts for confirmation If you accept the key it is used for server authentication If you reject the key snapshot exits without doing anything This is the default behavior in SSH Target Mode if k is not specified public The specified public key is used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key of the network host beginning with key type the complete contents of etc ssh ssh_host_rsa_key pub on the network host Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word L FIIIR Specifies which set of logs will be collected F Full log set I Initial log set R Root Cause log se
282. s overwritten XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES sethttps 8 m Incase the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error m When using an external certification authority it leads to an error in the following cases a When the c gencsr option or the c enable option is executed without executing the c genserverkey option Create the private key of the web server using the c genserverkey option a When the c enable option is executed without executing the c importca option Import a web server certificate using the c importca option m When the web server certificate which imported by executing the c importca option doesn t correspond to the private key of the web server which has been created by executing the c genserverkey option Confirm the validity of the web server certificate m The information which has been set will be reflected by using the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF m The details of the current HTTPS service can be checked by using the showhttps 8 command EXAMPLE1 Starts the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the https settings EXAMPLE 2 Stops the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps disable EXAMPLE3 Creates a CSR with the following settings country JP s
283. s with n without displaying the prompt XSCF poweroff q n d 3 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred poweron 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 poweron 8 NAME poweron turn on the power to the specified domain SYNOPSIS poweron a y n M a domain id poweron a y n M a poweron h DESCRIPTION The poweron 8 command turns on the power to the specified domain The command can turn on the power to the specified domain or to all domains Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Turns on the power to every domain that has been completely set up Only users who have the platadm or fieldeng privileges can specify this option The domain that has been completely set up means a domain that has been completely set up with the setdc1 8 and addboard 8 commands d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned on domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is t
284. same as that of the more command p Parsable output Suppresses headers in display output Fields are separated by single tabs v Specifies verbose output Refer to specific operands for details The following operands are supported env elt target sensors XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 ioxadm 8 Displays a summary of an External I O Expansion Unit or link card s environmental state H e Displays electrical states measured voltage current fan speed switch settings a 1 Displays LED states E t Displays thermal readings If no target is specified env displays a list of all sensors for all External I O Expansion Units If target specifies a box_id env displays a list of sensor readings for all frus in the specified External I O Expansion Unit and the attached downlink cards If target is in the form of box_id followed by fru then only environmentals from that FRU will be printed If an optional value for sensors is specified then only those types of sensors are displayed These options may be used concurrently If target is in the form of a host path only the downlink card information is displayed See EXAMPLE 2 The results are listed in tabular format Each FRU sensor is listed in the first column In the next column is the sensor name such as T_AMBIENT for ambient temperature or V_12V_OV for the voltage reading of the 12V rail The third fourth and fifth columns display the s
285. se option is set v the output includes detailed FRU information See EXAMPLE 5 locator on off target System Administration 73 ioxadm 8 74 Sets or queries the state of the locator indicator LED Without options locator reports the current state of the LED on the specified FRU If no target is specified locator returns the current state of all locator LEDs A target argument is required when using the option fields on Turns the LED on off Turns the LED off The chassis locator is a white LED If a FRU is specified the FRU yellow service LED is used along with the chassis locator LED Only one FRU can have a location indicator enabled at a time in an External I O Expansion Unit chassis Turning off the chassis locator LED will also turn off the blinking service FRU LED poweroff target Powers down the given FRU and lights appropriate LEDs to indicate the FRU is ready to remove Must be used with the f option Be aware that using f can crash the domain Do not remove both power supply units PSUs in the same External I O Expansion Unit If both PSUs are powered down in this way then the External I O Expansion Unit cannot be turned back on from the command line It must be powered on physically Note When a power supply is powered off the LEDs and fan may still run since they receive power from both supplies poweron target Restores full power to an I O boat or reenables output from
286. ser passwords and expiration settings password e days date Never i inactive LM maxdays n mindays w warn user password h password 8 changes a user s password and password expiration settings When invoked with one or more options password will make changes to the expiration settings of the account See setpasswordpolicy 8 for a description of default values When invoked without options password prompts you to change the account password When invoked without a user operand password operates on the current user account Caution When you change the password for another user by using the user operand the system password policy is not enforced The user operand is intended only for creating a new user s initial password or replacing a lost or forgotten password for a user account When changing another user s password be sure to choose a password that conforms with the system password policy You can display the current password policy settings with the showpasswordpolicy 8 command Whether the user name is specified or not the account must be local password returns an error if it is not local You must have one of the following privileges to run this command None required No privileges are required m To change the password for the current user account m To use the h option useradm Can run this command with or without any options or operand Can change the password for any account
287. set XSCF to complete the setting Note If XSCF is reset without executing the appl ynetwork 8 command network information that is set is not reflected in XSCF Also information that is set is deleted You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 17 applynetwork 8 18 m Unless all of the host name DNS domain name IP address net mask and routing settings have been made it results in errors Please execute the sethostname 8 setnetwork 8 and setroute 8 command to set all items then reexecute the appl ynetwork 8 command m To set to multiple interfaces all of the host name DNS domain name IP address net mask and routing settings need to be set on every interface In these interfaces if any of these setting items omitted it results in errors m To specify a host nam
288. showdscp 8 showdscp display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP showdscp showdscp v p showdscp v p d domain id showdscp v p s showdscp h showdscp 8 displays the IP addresses assigned for DSCP usage the IP addresses for an individual domain the Service Processor or for the entire system When used without options it displays current IP data When displaying IP addresses for all DSCP links in the system the output is a table The table is sorted by numerical domain IDs When displaying IP addresses for a particular domain or just the Service Processor then the output is not a table but simply the IP address of the specified domain or Service Processor The p option can be used to generate parsable output that would then be suitable for use in a script Parsable displays of individual IP addresses exclude any additional labels and only an IPv4 address in dotted decimal form is output The parsable version of tabular output includes only the values no table headings are included and each column is separated by a single tab character You must have one of the following privileges to run this command fieldeng platadm platop Can display any DSCP IP information domainadm domainmgr domainop Can display individual IP addresses for domains for which you have privileges only Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Admini
289. splayed off Indicates normal operation which means either the circuit breaker is off or power is not being supplied Blinking Indicates that the unit is a maintenance target On Indicates that an error was detected in the main unit You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setlocator 8 command can be used to specify the blink state of the CHECK LED EXAMPLE 1 Displays the CHECK LED state XSCF gt showlocator Locator LED status Blinking The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlocator 8 System Administration 319 showlocator 8 320 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showlogs 8 showlogs display the specified log showlogs t time T time p timestamp v v S r M error showlogs t time LT time p timestamp v r M event showlogs t time LT time r M power env showlogs r M monitor showlogs d domain id t time LT time r M console ipl panic showlogs h The showlogs 8 command displays the specified log Log data is displayed in the order of timestamps starting from the oldest data by default Depending on the target for the log collection th
290. stat 8 62 Privileges OPTIONS solve The total number of cases solved by this module since it was loaded memsz The amount of dynamic memory currently allocated by this module bufsz The amount of persistent buffer space currently allocated by this module You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a m module Prints the default global statistics for the Fault Manager or a module If used without the m module option the default global Fault Manager statistics are displayed If used with the m module option the global statistics for a module are displayed Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Prints a report on the statistics associated with the specified fault management module instead of the default statistics report Modules can publish an arbitrary set of statistics to help service the fault management software itself If used without the a option displays only those statistics kept by the module If used with the a option displays statistics kept by the module and the global statistics associated with the module Prints a report on Soft Error Rate Discrimination SERD engines associated with the module instead of the default module statistics report A SERD engine is a construct used by fault management software to det
291. stration 291 showdscp 8 292 OPTIONS EXAMPLES The following options are supported d domain id Displays an individual domain s IP address h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Generates parsable output s Displays the Service Processor s IP address v Specifies verbose output Prints additional information about internal progress of the program s operations to the screen Caution The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only Refer to the site planning guide for your server for more information about valid IP addresses for your network Using invalid network IP addresses could under certain circumstances make your system unbootable XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showdscp 8 EXAMPLE1 Displaying a Table of All DSCP IP Addresses XSCF gt showdscp DSCP Configuration Network 10 1 1 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Location Address XSCF LOL Domain 00 TO ISI Domain 01 TOIA1 3 Domain 02 TO 1474 Domain 03 LOCA AS Domain 04 1 0 14 1 6 Domain 05 TOUT A7 Domain 06 10 1 1 8 Domain 07 101 19 Domain 08 10 1 1 10 Domain 09 TOL AL EL Domain 0 TOSII 12 Domain 1 TOUT Leds Domain 2 10 1 1 14 Domain 3 FOLI Domain 14 TOI 216 Domain 15 TOI gle Domain 16 10 1 18 Domain 17 TO A519 Domain 8 TOI 14 20 Domain 9 TO AI 1 21 Domain 20 101 1 22 Domain 21 TO 23 Domain 22 10 1 1 24 Domain 23 101
292. t If no log set is specified the Initial log set is collected by default 1 Specifies collecting only log files Does not collect command output n Automatically answers n no to all prompts P password Used with the e option sets the encryption password used for encrypting the output file 390 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 p password S time t user host directory snapshot 8 Specifies the user password used to log in to the host using SSH This option is valid with the t option not with the d or T options Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Specifies the start time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the E time option for the end time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot If no end time is specified the target time period ends at the time the snapshot command is launched Refer also to the description of the E option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the following two formats yo yo yo oe ay 6H 6M a S S SY Sm yo yo yo oe SY Sm Specifies executing snapshot in SSH target mode using the value for user host directory previously set using setarchiving 8 Can be used with the D option to substitute an alternative value for directory Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target director
293. t for the XSCF network The follow ing example shows that three DNS servers have been set XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver 192 168 1 2 nameserver 10 18 108 10 nameserver 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE2 Displays the DNS servers currently set for the XSCF network The follow ing example shows that no DNS server is set XSCF shownameserver The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setnameserver 8 System Administration 339 shownameserver 8 340 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS shownetwork 8 shownetwork display information of network interfaces for XSCF shownetwork M a i interface shownetwork h shownetwork 8 command displays current information of network interfaces for XSCF Information on the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed xscf x y XSCF network interface name HWaddr MAC address hexadecimal notation inet addr IP address Beast Broadcast Mask Net mask UP DOWN Whether the network interface is enabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays information for all XSCF network
294. t or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings sethttps q y n c enable sethttps c disable sethttps c gencsr country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps a y n c genserverkey sethttps c importca sethttps a y n c selfsign country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps h The sethttps 8 command starts or stops the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network Also this command performs authentication related settings for authentication used in the HTTPS service The following authentication related items can be set m Configuring the self certification authority m Creating a self signed web server certificate m Creating the private key of the web server m Creating a web server certificate signing request CSR to an external certification authority m Importing a web server certificate signed by an external certification authority XSCF does not support HTTP service Only HTTPS service is supported You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 163 sethttps 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 164 The following options are supported c enableldisable Specify whether to enable the HTTPS service One of the c gencsr c genser
295. t to start Continue y n y Ignore warmup time and air conditioner wait time Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec O Legere DO ewa 6 Osi e ai DOs ee 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showfru 8 System Administration 401 testsb 8 402 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES unlockmaintenance 8 unlockmaintenance forcibly release the locked status of XSCF unlockmaintenance a y n unlockmaintenance h unlockmaintenance 8 command releases the locked status of XSCF forcibly Normally while the maintenance command addfru 8 deletefru 8 or replacefru 8 is in execution XSCF is in the locked status After the command complete the lock is released However in case an error such as LAN disconnection occurred while executing any of the maintenance command the XSCF lock may become unable to release In such a case you can execute the unlockmaintenance 8 command to forcibly release the locked status of XSCF You must have f
296. tate province Kana gawa locality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit devel opment common scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c gencsr JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abcGexample com EXAMPLE4 Creates the self certification authority with the following settings and cre ates a self signed web server certificate country JP state province Kanaga wa locality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit System Administration 165 sethttps 8 development common scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c selfsign JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abc example com CA key and CA cert already exist Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE5 Creates the private key of the web server XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE6 Creates the private key of the web server Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE7 Creates the private key of the web server Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey q y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase
297. tatement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be disconnected Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted x y where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n mon moun to cancel the command XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deleteboard 8 m If c disconnect is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress the command results in an error m If c unassign is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is switched from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed m If c reserve is specified when eit
298. tats Unis et dans d autres pays Les produits portant les marques SPARC sont bas s sur une architecture d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc SPARC64 est une marques d pos e de SPARC International Inc utilis e sous le permis par Fujitsu Microelectronics Inc et Fujitsu Limited L interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et Sun a t d velopp e par Sun Microsystems Inc pour ses utilisateurs et licenci s Sun reconnait les efforts de pionniers de Xerox pour la recherche et le d veloppement du concept des interfaces d utilisation visuelle ou graphique pour l industrie de l informatique Sun d tient une license non exclusive de Xerox sur l interface d utilisation graphique Xerox cette licence couvrant galement les licenci s de Sun qui mettent en place l interface d utilisation graphique OPEN LOOK et qui en outre se conforment aux licences crites de Sun Droits du gouvernement am ricain logiciel commercial Les utilisateurs du gouvernement am ricain sont soumis aux contrats de licence standard de Sun Microsystems Inc et de Fujitsu Limited ainsi qu aux clauses applicables stipul es dans le FAR et ses suppl ments Avis de non responsabilit les seules garanties octroy es par Fujitsu Limited Sun Microsystems Inc ou toute soci t affili e de l une ou l autre entit en rapport avec ce document ou tout produit ou toute technologie d crit e dans les pr sentes correspondent aux garanties express ment stipul e
299. te scripting To change the password interactively use the r option Reads the password used for ssh login The setarchiving command displays a prompt and reads the new password without echoing it to the screen Sets the archive target The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the archive host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the archives should be stored The directory field must not begin with a tilde Specifies verbose output When this option is used in conjunction with k download setarchiving displays the downloaded public key in addition to its md5 fingerprint Automatically answers yes to all prompts Prompts are displayed 121 setarchiving 8 122 OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported enable Activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any options disable De activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any options EXAMPLE1 Setting the Archiving Target and Password XSCF gt setarchiving t jsmith somehost company com home jsmith logs r Enter ssh password for jsmith somehost company com EXAMPLE 2 Setting the Public Host Key XSCF gt setarchiving k download Downloading public host key from somehost company com Fingerprint c3 75 9 97 7d dc le le 62 06 c1 6 87 bc e8 0d Acce
300. the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception autoboot Specifies whether to enable or disable the Auto boot function When diag is specified for function any of the following can be specified for mode Note This function cannot be specified for the domain which is powered on none No diagnosis is performed min Sets standard for the diagnostic level max Sets maximum for the diagnostic level When secure or autoboot is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode on Enables specified function off Disables specified function Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n moun moun to cancel the command m If the Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service the settings have the following values regardless of the domain mode settings of the setdomainmode 8 command a Diagnostics Level operates as the setdomainmode 8 command setting m Secure Mode Autoboot off XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 setdomainmode 8 m When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled m value specified with m diag is applied to the diag leve
301. the q option the v option is ignored Automatically answers y yes to all prompts Caution The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only Refer to the site planning guide for your server for information about valid IP addresses for your network Using invalid network IP addresses could under certain circumstances make your system unbootable XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setdscp 8 EXAMPLE1 Assigning All DSCP Addresses XSCF gt setdscp y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 Commit these changes to the database y n say EXAMPLE2 Assigning an Alternative IP address to Domain 1 XSCF setdscp d 1 i 10 1 1 26 Commit these changes to the database y n Y EXAMPLE3 Specifying a Netmask Address With q and y Options XSCF gt setdscp q y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 EXAMPLE 4 Setting DSCP Addresses Using Interactive Mode The default value displayed by each prompt in interactive mode matches the previous configuration This makes it possible to interactively review and modify DSCP configuration In this example you only input the network address portion and then press ENTER to accept all subsequent settings XSCF gt setdscp DSCP network 0 0 0 0 gt 10 1 1 0 DSCP netmask 255 0 0 0 gt 255 255 255 0 XSCF address 10 1 1 1 gt ENTER Domain 00 address 10 1 1 2 gt ENTER Domain 01 address 10 5 1 54 3 ENTER
302. the hardware settings of specified device display information about field replaceable unit FRU installed in the system display the current host name for the XSCF unit display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor display the current setting for the XSCF locale display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2006 showlogs showlookup showmonitorlog shownameserver shownetwork shownotice showntp Intro 8 display the specified log display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup display the contents of monitoring messages in real time display the registered domain name system DNS servers specified on the XSCF network display information of network interfaces for XSCF display copyright and license information for the copyright information for eXtended System Control Facility XSCF Control Package XCP display the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings showpowerupdelay showresult showroute showshutdowndelay showsmtp showsnmp showsnmpusm showsnmpvacm showssh showstatus showtelnet showtimezone showuser display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup display the e
303. the none privilege is specified the specified user does not have any privileges regardless of privilege data in LDAP You must have useradm privileges to run this command The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 197 setprivileges 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported domainprivilege domains Specifies domainadm domainmgr or domainop privileges for a specific domain or domains The following are valid values for domainprivilege each of which must be used with domains domainadm Can perform all operations and view status on the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held assign unassign power and so on Can perform all operations on domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on which this privilege is held domainmgr Can reboot and power on and off all domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on which this privilege is held domainop Can view all states of all the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all domains on which this privilege is held domains Specifies a domain or domains using the appropriate value for domainprivilege with the symbol and the domains descriptor
304. therboard and one I O module m The current PSB settings can be checked by using the showfru 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Configures PSB 00 as a Quad XSB with memory in non mirror mode be cause the memory mirror mode setting is omitted XSCF gt setupfru x 4 sb 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 240 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setupplatform 8 setupplatform set up platform specific settings setupplatform v setupplatform v p part p part setupplatform h The setupplat form 8 command sets up platform specific settings The command leads an administrator through Service Processor installation tasks By default setupplat form command walks through each of the available settings Individual settings may be selected using the p option The p user option requires useradm privileges The p network option requires either platadm or fieldeng privileges Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p part Specifies the setting you want to do One of the following can be specifie
305. tial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 00 power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Oioi t BOZA we GO SONETS 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 00 1 Passed Normal 00 2 Passed Normal 00 3 Passed Normal EXAMPLE 2 Performs an initial diagnosis of PSB 01 with detailed messages displayed XSCF gt testsb v 1 Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 01 powered on sequence started Initial diagnosis has completed 0 ok SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 01 0 Passed Normal EXAMPLE3 Performs the initial diagnosis on all the PSB that are mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Oeae ZO fesa 6 Oze case IO ewe aie 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal EXAMPLE 4 Ignores the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time before system startup to perform the initial diagnosis on the PSB that are 400 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 testsb 8 mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is abou
306. time of XSCF will be synchronized with the time of NTP server When an NTP server set to XSCF the time of the domain may be changed If necessary set the time of the domain The currently set NTP server can be checked by using the showntp 8 command EXAMPLE1 Adds the three NTP servers with the addresses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 XSCF gt setntp 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the NIP server 10 18 108 10 XSCF gt setntp c del 10 18 108 10 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setntp 8 EXAMPLE3 Adds the two NTP servers ntp1 examples com and ntp2 example com XSCF gt setntp ntpl example com ntp2 example com Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 showntp 8 System Administration 189 setntp 8 190 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setpasswordpolicy 8 setpasswordpolicy manage the system password policy setpasswordpolicy d deredit e expiry i inactive k difok 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember u ucredit w warn y retry setpasswordpolicy
307. tions or operands an error occurs 1 Lists firmware image files that are still on the XSCF unit then exits n Automatically answers n no to all prompts p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Refer to Example 3 a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy_type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http System Administration 65 getflashimage 8 66 OPERANDS EXAMPLES u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported url Specifies the URL of the firmware image to download Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb msd path file where the value for file is in one of the following formats XCPovwo tar gz FFXCPvvvv tar gz DCXCPvvvv tar gz and vvvv is the four character version number EXAMPLE1 Download
308. to the domain console You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 271 showconsolepath 8 EXTENDED Only one writable console and one or more read only consoles can be connected to DESCRIPTION one domain EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed XSCF gt showconsolepath a User DID ro rw escape Date nakagawa 00 rw Fri Jul 29 21 23 34 hana 00 ro Fri Jul 29 09 49 12 k okano 00 ro Fri Jul 29 18 21 50 yuuki 01 rw Fri Jul 29 10 19 18 uchida 01 ro Fri Jul 29 13 30 41 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO console 8 sendbreak 8 272 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showdate 8 showdate
309. tus down IP address netmask route interface xscf 1 if status down IP address 10 24 100 2 netmask 255 255 255 0 route interface lan 1 status down IP address netmask route Continue y n y System Administration 19 applynetwork 8 20 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 2 On the midrange server reflects the information that has been set for the moun XSCF network Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork y The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf 0 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF EXAMPLE3 Reflects the information that has been set for the XSCF network Suppress es prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork q y The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 sethostname 8 setnameserver 8 setnetwork 8 setroute 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNO
310. u can specify only one value at a time for mib_name mib_name Name of the MIB module to be enabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB OPL SP MIB FM_MIB SUN FM MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list enableviv2c Enables the SNMP agent to communicate using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication which is why the agent runs SNMPv3 by default This agent is read only The only community string asked for is read only 214 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS setsnmp 8 remtraphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending the chosen type of trap to the desired host t type Type of trap Valid trap types are v1 The agent will send SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent will send SNMPv2 traps inform The agent will send inform notifications traphost Host name of the trap host remv3traphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending SNMPv3 traps to the desired host traphost Host name of the trap host u username Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE1 Setting Up System Information XSCF gt setsnmp l sandiego c usernameGcompany com d ff1 EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u jsmith n Ox r SHA a xxxxxxxx e yyyyyyyy fiche EXAMPLE3 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host without Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u bob i r SHA fiche Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPL
311. ual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLES setssh 8 EXAMPLE1 Starts the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE 2 Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh y c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE 3 Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh q y c enable EXAMPLE 4 Stops the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c disable EXAMPLES Generates a host public key for SSH XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey Host key create Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE6 Generates a host public key for SSH Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey y Host key create Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE7 Generates a host public key for SSH Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey q y EXAMPLE8 Registers the user public key Finish the input of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctr1 D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAATEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7 zFCUCVNy jaZPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBtt1I4151YOSv85FJwDp SNHNKoVLMYLj tBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv Fe
312. uct the console to perform special processing Examples of processing that can be specified in combination with are as follows Outputs a status message Disconnects the console m To enter at the beginning of a line enter twice m To display information on the currently connected domain console use the showconsolepath 8 command The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred sendbreak 8 showconsolepath 8 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges deleteboard 8 deleteboard disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration deleteboard a y n f v c disconnect xsb xsb deleteboard a y n f v c unassign xsb xsb deleteboard a y n f v c reserve xsb xsb deleteboard h The deleteboard 8 command disconnects an XSB from the domain configuration in which it has been configured One of the following disconnection methods can be specified disconnect Disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but keeps it assigned Because the XSB thus remains assigned to the domain configuration it can be configured again in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command unassign Completely disconnects the XSB from the main configuration and puts it in the system board pool The XSB in the syst
313. urs 388 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 k host key FIIIR password snapshot 8 Used with the t or T option sets the public key that the Service Processor uses to log in to the network host This option is not valid with the d option Possible values for host key are as follows none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the network host download This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to download a public host key for the network host and download the key from the host specified in the t argument snapshot displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts for confirmation If you accept the key it is used for server authentication If you reject the key snapshot exits without doing anything This is the default behavior in SSH Target Mode if k is not specified public The specified public key is used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key of the network host beginning with key type the complete contents of etc ssh ssh_host_rsa_key pub on the network host Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word Specifies which set of logs will be collected F Full log set I Initial log set R Root Cause log set If no log set is specified the Initial log set is collected by default Specifies collecting only log files Doe
314. user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory The transmission encryption in this mode is provided by SSH The second mode is USB Device Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the a flag In this mode the data collector s output which is the zip archive is saved in a file on the USB device The USB device should be formatted using the FAT32 file system As in SSH Target mode you can use the e option to encrypt the zip file in this mode However no transmission encryption such as SSH occurs in this mode since the data stays local to the Service Processor EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Downloading a Public Key Using SSH XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x k download Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bct b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no Y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Host Key XSCF gt snapshot t joe jupiter west home joe logs x Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Public Key Fingerprint c9 e0 bc b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d09 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west
315. utdowndelay 8 System Administration 205 setshutdowndelay 8 206 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setsmtp 8 setsmtp set up the SMTP settings setsmtp v setsmtp s variable value setsmtp h setsmtp 8 sets up the SMTP configuration values When used without options you will be prompted to provide the name of the SMTP email server to be used You will also be prompted for the port and the Reply To address to be used on outgoing email Make sure that a valid email address is specified here You can set up SMTP settings noninteractively using the s option After you have set up the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport 8 to set up email report configuration data and send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 207 setsmtp 8 208 OPTIONS EXAMPLES The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Sets SMTP Valid entries for variable are mailserver port auth user password replyaddress Where auth is the authentication mechanism user password are the smtp mail server authentication Valid auth entries are none pop smtp auth v Specifies verbose output EXAMP
316. ute the showdate 8 command EXAMPLE1 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time XSCF gt setdate s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE 2 Sets January 27 07 59 00 2006 of UTC as the current time XSCF gt setdate u s 012707592006 00 Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE 3 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setdate y s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE 4 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdate q y s 012716592006 00 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 SEE ALSO setdate 8 setntp 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 showntp 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 137 setdate 8 138 XSCF Referen
317. uted varies by the user privileges it is described here OPTIONS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the OPTIONS In case the OPERANDS required for the OPTIONS it is described here To specify multiple 1 character OPTIONS you may specify the first OPTION followed by the alphabetic part of the second e g fmadm a i fmadm ai Preface xi Section Description OPERANDS This section gives the meaning of and how to specify the OPERANDS The OPERANDS which follows the OPTIONS are described in OPTIONS EXTENDED This section gives the description in case the supplementary DESCRIPTION explanation required in addition to the content written in DESCRIPTION Also used to divide the description prolonged in DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES This section gives the examples of command execution The explanation of examples the execution command and the messages returned from the system as a result of execution EXIT STATUS This section gives the status which shows whether or not the command executed normally terminated 0 for normal termination and gt 0 for abnormal termination SEE ALSO This section gives the related command names SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation The manuals listed below are provided for reference Book Titles Manual Codes SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120 H015 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Site Planning Guide C120 H014 SPARC Enterprise Equ
318. valid for example if the specified archive host does not exist setarchiving exits with an error message setarchiving exits with an error message if you request invalid configuration changes while archiving is enabled Note setarchiving 8 requires at least one option or operand You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 119 setarchiving 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported h k host key Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets the public key that XSCF uses to verify the identity of the host Possible values for the host key are shown here none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the archive host If an archive host public key was previously configured it is deleted download This literal value specifies that setarchiving should download the public host key from the archive host using the SSH protocol If the t option is used setarchiving downloads the key from the host specified in the argument to t Otherwise setarchiving downloads the key from the current archive host Next setarchiving displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts you for confirmation of the identity of the host to continue If you accept the key it is saved and used for server authentication If you reject the key setarchiving exists w
319. verkey c importca c selfsign following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the HTTPS service disable Stops the HTTPS service Creates a CSR Creates the private key of the web server Imports a web server certificate signed by the certification authority to the XSCF Configures the self certification authority Also this operand creates a self signing web server certificate Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported common Specifies common names such as the creator name and the host name of a server country Specifies a country name with a two letter code such as JP or US e mail Specifies an E mail address locality Specifies a city name etc organization Specifies a company name etc organizationalunit Specifies an organization such as a section or department state province Specifies the name of a state province etc m When the HTTPS server is enabled or there is a private certificate authority web server certificate or web server secret key a prompt to confirm execution of the mon command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the moun command or n to cancel the command m The CSR i
320. vileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setlocator 8 setlocator control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel setlocator value setlocator h setlocator 8 command controls the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The following states can be set Start blinking Makes the CHECK LED blink Stop blinking Stops the blinking of the CHECK LED You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported value Specifies the CHECK LED state One of the following can be specified blink Starts the CHECK LED blinking reset Stops the CHECK LED blinking The showlocator 8 command can be used to check the CHECK LED state EXAMPLE 1 Starts the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setled blink EXAMPLE 2 Stops the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setled reset System Administration 175 setlocator 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showlocator 8 176 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setlookup 8 setlookup enable or disable the use of the Lightweig
321. where m yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value a mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 mu hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 m ss seconds 00 59 m Offset date time n dihlmis where m n number of units d days a h hours m minutes m s seconds Offset is only available with the B option and must be used with A The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss C Appends the number of records that matched the selection criteria to the end of the output 410 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 viewaudit 8 B date time Selects records that occurred before date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are either absolute or offset m Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss where m yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 mu hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 m ss seconds 00 59 m Offset date time n dihlmis where m n number of units a d days a h hours m minutes s seconds Offset is only available with the B option and must be used with A The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss C Appends the number of records that matched the selection criteria to the end of the output System Administration 411 viewaudit 8 412 c classes D date time E end record Selects records in indicated class
322. whether Emailreporting is enabled If enabled it also includes the list of addresses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Emailreport configuration XSCF gt showemailreport EMail Reporting enabled Email Recipient Address admin company com adm2 company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setemailreport 8 System Administration 297 showemailreport 8 298 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS showenvironment 8 showenvironment display the intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor information voltage sensor information and fan rotation information about the system showenvironment M type showenvironment h showenvironment 8 command displays the information listed below The following types of the information are displayed Environment Intake temperature and humidity of the system humidity only information for high end server Temperature Intake temperature of the system and exhaust temperature of information each component Voltage Voltage sensor value information Fan rotation Fan rotational state and revolutions per unit of time information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement Whe
323. witched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 As default values lan 0 is set to xsc 0 lan 0 and lan 1 is set to xscf 0 lan 1 In the midrange server the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xsc 0 lan 1 When the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration in the high end server and when the takeover IP address has been disabled by setnetwork 8 command nothing will be displayed even though the takeover IP address is specified by the shownetwork 8 command The setnetwork 8 command configures a network interface used by the XSCF EXAMPLE1 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 in the midrange server XSCF gt shownetwork lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424
324. with an IPL message System Administration 331 showlogs 8 The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays an error log XSCF gt showlogs error Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Date Mar 30 15 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Warning Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al EXAMPLE2 Displays an error log in detail for the times of the specified timestamp v XSCF gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 v Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef f0 Status Alarm Component IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36flea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 EXAMPLE3 Displays an error log in greater detail for the times of the specified timestamp
325. xit status of the most recently executed command display routing information for an XSCF network interface show the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS display the SMTP configuration information display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP agent display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for the SNMP agent display the status host public keys fingerprint or user public keys of the SSH service configured for the XSCF network display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs display the current status of the telnet service for the XSCF network display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings display user account information System Administration 5 Intro 8 snapshot collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data switchscf switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states testsb perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB unlockmaintenance forcibly release the locked status of XSCF version display firmware version viewaudit display audit records who display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF 6 XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2006 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS addboard 8
326. y Sets the network host and remote directory for data destination The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the network host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the output file should be stored The directory field must not begin with a hyphen or a tilde Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory Specifies verbose output Displays all actions and commands as they are executed If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Note You may not have the required privileges to run all the commands that are executed by the snapshot configuration file If this occurs you will see error messages indicating these operations are not permitted Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 391 snapshot 8 EXTENDED Modes of Operation DESCRIPTION The following is a brief overview of the modes of operation for the snapshot command The first mode is SSH Target Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the t or T option In this mode the data collector opens an SSH connection from the Service Processor to the specified target after appropriate authentication and sends the zip data archive through the SSH connection to the target host The
327. y the point which you can t understand or would like to check on while using XSCF shell command Instead of reading from the start as you do so when reading a tutorial it is recommended to use this manual as you come across a point you would like to check on The description of XSCF shell command written in this manual is the same as the manual page which appears as a result of man command executed in XSCF environment For how to use the man command please refer to man 1 in this manual In addition for the detail content of XSCF please refer to SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF User s Guide This section includes Audience on page x Notation of This Manual on page x SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers Documentation on page xii Abbreviated References to Other Documents on page xvi Models on page xvii Prompt Notations on page xvii Software License on page xvii Fujitsu Welcomes Your Comments on page xviii Preface ix Audience This manual is intended for users who administrate SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers hereinafter referred to as XSCF user The XSCF user is required to have the following knowledge Solaris Operating System and Unix command m SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers and basic knowledge of XSCF Notation of This Manual Here describes the notation used in this manual Intro 8 provides the XSCF sh
328. yo as the time zone XSCF gt settimezone c settz s Asia Tokyo XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO settimezone 8 EXAMPLE 2 Lists the time zones that can be set XSCF gt settimezone c settz a Africa Abidjan Africa Accra Africa Addis_Ababa Africa Algiers Africa Asmera Africa Bamako Africa Bangui EXAMPLE3 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the last Monday of March 2 00 to the last Sunday of October 2 00 XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT f M3 5 0 t M10 5 0 JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 O0 EXAMPLE4 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT the offset of Daylight Saving Time from GMT is 10 and the time period is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 to the first Sunday of Septem ber 0 00 XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT p GMT 10 f M4 1 0 00 00 00 t M9 1 0 00 00 00 JST 9JDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE5 Deletes the Daylight Saving Time information of current settings XSCF gt settimezone c deldst b JST o GMT 9 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setdate 8 sh

Fujitsu M5000 Security Camera User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents